PB-224 582
RECOMMENDED METHODS  OF  REDUCTION, NEUTRALIZATION,
RECOVERY, OR DISPOSAL OF  HAZARDOUS WASTE

VOLUME III',  DISPOSAL PROCESS DESCRIPTIONS,
ULTIMATE DISPOSAL,  INCINERATION, AND PYROLYSIS
PROCESSES
TRW SYSTEMS  GROUP
PREPARED  FOR
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
AUGUST  1973
                          DISTRIBUTED BY:
                          National Technical Information Service
                          U. S. DEPARTMENT  OF  COMMERCE

-------
 BIBLIOGRAPHIC DATA
 SHEET
4.  I ii1- .in.)
                    I. Kcport No.
                     EPA-670/2-73-053-C
          ""|L Recommended Methods  of Reduction, Neutralization,
Recovery, or  Disposal of Hazardous  Waste.  Volume  III,  Disposal
Process Descriptions - Ultimate Disposal, Incineration, and
Pyrolysis Processes	
PB   224   582
  5. Kcport Date
  Issuing date - Aug.  1973
                                                                     6.
7. AU.I,O,(S) R.  s.  Ottinger, J.  L.  Blumenthal, D.  F.  Dal  Porto,
 G. I. Gruber.  M. J. Santy.  and C.  C. Shih	
9. Pcrfommif, Organization Nome and Adders-;

 TRW Systems  Group, One Space  Park
 Redondo Beach, California   90278
                                                                    8. Performing Orjtniuzation Kept.

                                                                      N°'21485-6013-RU-QQ
                                                                    10. Projcct/'I ask/Work Unit No.
                                                                    II. Contract/Gram No.


                                                                      68-03-0089
12, Rponbomifl OiŁuni7ntinn N.uni- and
 National Environmental Research  Center
 Office of  Research and Development
 U.S. Environmental Protection  Agency
 Cincinnati,  Ohio  45268	
                                                                    13. Type of Kcporr & Period
                                                                      Covered

                                                                      Final	
                                                                    14.
15. Supplcinfnia--y Notes

 Volume  III  of 16 volumes.
16. Absuacts

 This volume  provides descriptions  of ultimate disposal  processes, incineration, and
 pyrolysis  processes currently  utilized for the treatment or disposal of hazardous
 wastes.  These descriptions detail  the important  features of each process  and discuss
 their applicability to the various  classes of waste  materials.  The ultimate disposal
 processes  described in this volume include deep well  disposal, land burial,  landfill
 disposal,  and  ocean dumping.
17. Key Words and Document Analysis.  I7o. Descriptors

Ultimate Disposal Processes
Incineration
Pyrolysis
Deep Well Disposal
Land Burial
Landfill  Disposal
Ocean Dumping
I7b. Identifiers/Open-Ended Terms
I7c. COSAT1 F.e Id/Group
                                                              ] gg
18. Availability Statement
 Release  to public.
                                                        19. Security Class (thus
                                                          Report)
                                                        	UNCLASSIFIED
                                                         20. Security Class ('1 his
                                                           Page
                                                              UNCLASSIFIED
           21. Mo. of Pages
                                                                             22. Price

-------
                                            EPA-670/2-73-053-C
                                            August  1973
               RECOMMENDED METHODS OF

         REDUCTION, NEUTRALIZATION, RECOVERY

           OR DISPOSAL OF HAZARDOUS WASTE

    Volume III.  Disposal Process Descriptions  -
          Ultimate Disposal, Incineration,
               and Pyrolysis Processes
                         By
R. S. Ottinger, 0. L. Blumenthal, D. F. Dal  Porto,
     G. I. Gruber, M. J. Santy, and C. C. Shih
                 TRW Systems Group
                  One Space Park
         Redondo Beach, California 90278

              Contract No. 68-03-0089
            Program Element No. 1D2311

                 Project Officers

               Norbert B. Schomaker
                   Henry Johnson
       Solid and Hazardous Waste Research Laboratory
          National Environmental Research Center
                  Cincinnati, Ohio  45268
                    Prepared for
        OFFICE OF RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
       U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
              WASHINGTON, D.C.  20460

-------
                              REVIEW NOTICE
     The Solid Waste Research Laboratory of the National Environmental
Research Center - Cincinnati, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency has
reviewed this report andi approved its publication.  Approval does not
signify that the contents necessarily reflect the views-and policies of
this Laboratory or of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, nor does
mention of trade names of commercial products constitute endorsement or
recommendation for use.
     The text of this- report is reproduced by the National Environmental
Research Center - Cincinnati in the form received from  the Grantee; new
preliminary pages and new page-numbers have, been supplied.
                                    ii

-------
                             FOREWORD


     Man and his environment must be protected from the adverse
effects of pesticides, radiation, noise and other- forms of pollu-
tion, and the unwise management of solid waste.  Efforts to protect
the environment require a focus that recognizes the interplay between
the components of our physical environment-air, water, and land.
The National Environmental Research Centers provide this multidisci-
plinary focus through programs engaged in:

               •    studies on the effects of environmental
                    contaminants on man and the biosphere, and
                    a search for ways to prevent contamination
                    and to recycle valuable resources.
     Under Section 212 of Public Law 91-512, the Resource Recovery
Act of 1970, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency is charged
with preparing a comprehensive report and plan for the creation of
a system of National Disposal Sites for the storage and disposal of
hazardous wastes.  The overall program is being directed jointly by
the Solid and Hazardous Waste Research Laboratory, Office of Research
and Development, National Environmental Research Center, Cincinnati,
and the Office of  Solid Waste Management Programs, Office of Hazard-
ous Materials Control.  Section 212 mandates,  in part, that recom-
mended methods of  reduction, neutralization, recovery, or disposal
of the materials be  determined.  This determination effort has  been
completed and prepared  into this 16-volume  study.  The 16 volumes
consist of  profile reports  summarizing the  definition of adequate
waste management and evaluation of waste management practices for
over 500 hazardous materials.   In  addition  to  summarizing the defini-
tion and evaluation  efforts, these reports  also  serve to designate a
material as a candidate for a  National Disposal  Site, ifJ^e material
meets criteria  based on quantity,  degree of hazard, and difficulty of
disposal.   Those materials  which are  hazardous but not designated as
candidates  for  National Disposal Sites, are then designated as  candi-
dates  for  the  industrial  or municipal  disposal sites.
                                  A. W. Breidenbach, Ph.D., Director
                                National Environmental Research Center
                                           Cincinnati, Ohio
                                  i i i

-------
                            TABLE OF CONTENTS

                               VOLUME III

                      DISPOSAL PROCESS DESCRIPTIONS
                          v
        ULTIMATE DISPOSAL, INCINERATION, AND PYROLYSIS PROCESSES

                                                                     Page
Ultimate Disposal Processes
  Deep Well Disposal	   !
  Land Burial  	17
  Landfill Disposal  	  37
  Ocean Dumping	59

Incineration and Pyrolysis Processes
  Incineration 	  83
  Pyrolysis	239
                          Preceding page blank

-------
                             DEEP HELL DISPOSAL

                             1.   INTRODUCTION
     Deep well disposal  is a system of disposing of  raw  or treated,
filtered hazardous wastes by pumping the wastes into deep  wells  where
they are contained in  the pores of the permeable subsurface rock,
separated from other groundwater supplies by impermeable layers  of rock
or clay.  A generalized  flow sheet is shown as Figure  1.
                  HASTE TREATMENT
                      PLANT
             INJECTION
             PUNP
HASTE
PRODUCING
PLANT
             '  *."•
                                          -•*"*•*• MATER TABLE'
                                         -  r - IMPERVIOUS STRATA
                                                 POROUS RESERVOIR
                                                    STRATA
                       Figure 1.  Deep Well Disposal
      Because adequate  surface disposal of wastes is usually  quite expensive,
 the disposal of wastes in  deep wells has been selected  in many  cases as
 being a practical and  economical  alternative for limiting pollution
 hazards.

     Subsurface  injection has been extensively and  successfully used in
the disposal of  oil  field brines ... there are now  somewhere  between 10,000
and 40,000 brine injection wells in  the  United States.   The same principles
can also  be utilized in the design and installation of industrial waste
disposal  well  systems.

-------
     Partly because of more stringent pollution legislation,  the number of
industrial  waste injection wells competed in the United States has  increased
considerably over the recent past.   From 1950 to 1963,  36 wells were com-
pleted; in the following 3 years, 39 more veils were installed; and  by 1968,
there were some 100 disposal wells  in operation.

     Injection wells can be used by virtually any type  of industry which is
located in the proper geologic environment and which has a waste product
amenable to this method.  A number of industries presently using the deep
well injection method are shown below.  The largest users of deep well disposal
systems are the chemical and pharmaceutical industries.
                                                 Percent
     Chemical and pharmaceutical plants             50
     Refineries                                     22
     Steel and metal plants                          7
     Other, including paper mill, coke
        plants, etc.                                21
     The following discussion provides an overview of the various factors
considered in the selection, design, construction, and  operation of  a deep
well waste disposal facility.  Much of the technical and procedural  infor-
                                                   1523
mation presented below was obtained from an article     by Mr.  John  Heckard
                                                                      1622
of Dames and Moore, Consulting Engineers, from personal communications
with Mr. Heckard, and from the report on  deep well disposal  by the  National
Industrial Pollution Control Council.  The discussion of the various factors
is followed by an assessment of the application of deep well  disposal to
hazardous wastes.

                        2.  OPERATION PRINCIPLE

     Deep well injection  is  actually a storage  system,  since the waste materials
injected into the subsurface formations  remain  there indefinitely.  The question
of major importance  is, therefore,  "Under what  conditions can  deep sub-
surface strata be utilized  for  the  storage of  liquid wastes?"

     To serve as an  adequate liquid storage  reservoir, an injection
stratum must have  sufficiently  high porosity and  permeability.  Although

-------
under certain conditions all  types of rocks are  capable  of  storing
injected fluids, porous sedimentary rocks (such  as  sandstone,  limestone,
and dolomite) are most likely to have the proper geologic characteristics
required for waste injection.

     An  injection horizon must be  separated from fresh water aquifers 0"
any other usable natural resources by impervious confining strata such
as clay  or  shale.  The  selection of  a site, therefore, must provide for
the protection  of developed  and undeveloped mineral resources, including
ground water.

                                 3.  DESIGN
     The design of an  injection well  is  based on the depth of the well,
the anticipated injection pressures,  and the anticipated future main-
tenance  requirements.   In addition,  state regulatory agencies often
maintain specific requirements  concerning the construction of waste
injection wells; and,  in all  cases,  the  final design of  the well must
be approved by  the appropriate  state agency.
     The construction  details of  a typical  injection well  are shown in
Figure  2.   In most cases, two or  more well  casings  are  used in the
injection well. The customary  procedure is to  drill a  large  diameter
hole  through all  fresh water aquifers.   Casing  is  then  inserted in the
well, and the annular space  is  filled with cement.
      If the formation to be  used  for injection  is  known  in advance,
drilling proceeds  to the top of that formation, where a  second string of
smaller pipe is cemented in  the hole from top to bottom.   Then a smaller
hole  --  usually about eight  inches in diameter  —  is drilled  through  the
 injection formation.  Injection tubing  is placed in the casing and
sealed  at the top  and bottom with packers.  The well is  then  ready for
 testing.
      If several rock zones  need to be tested, the  appropriate tests are
 performed  in each  zone as  the hole is being drilled.  Once the hole
 reaches the planned  total  depth,  casing is installed and the  annular
 space is grouted with cement.  The well  is then completed  by  perforating
 the casing  and  the cement  at the appropriate  zones.

-------
     CEMENT
DIESEL FUEL

                             "jrjwrv.v vvv*
                                                        CASING
INJECTION TUBING




PACKERS
                   Figure 2.  Typical  Injection Well

-------
     The annular space between the Injection tubing and the casing may be
filled with an inert fluid such as diesel fuel.  A pressure recording
gauge is installed to measure changes in pressure in the annular space.
Should either the tubing or the casing develop a leak, a pressure change
would be recorded.  In some instances, the fluid in the annular space
is maintained under a pressure higher than that in the injection tubing.
Then, if a break in the tubing occurs, the effluent will not leak into
the annular space.
     Wells presently in use range from about 300 feet to more than 12,000
feet in depth; the depths of a sample of 75 wells now in use are as follows:
              Depths of Well              Percent of Total  Wells
                0-1000 feet                          7
             1000-2000 feet                         29
             2000-4000 feet                         22
             4000-6000 feet                         31
             6000-12,000 feet                        9
             greater than 12,000 feet                2
                            Effluent Treatment
     Often it is necessary to treat the liquid waste to avoid detrimental
reactions during the injection process.  The required treatment depends
on the amount and size of the solids suspended in the waste, the pore
sizes of the formation to be injected, the chemical  compatibility of the
effluent and the formation fluids, and the corrosiveness of the effluent.
The removal of suspended solids may not be necessary if the injection
zones are composed of limestone or dolomite, since these rocks have
rather large pores.
     Surface storage facilities are usually included in the design of
deep well disposal systems.  Commonly, cement-lined  sumps or steel tanks

-------
are used.  An oil layer is frequently used to prevent contact of -the
effluent with the air.  However, if there is oil  in the effluent,  it is
generally removed before injection because it tends to plug the injection
zone.  Oil may be removed by first passing the waste through a settling
tank equipped with internal baffles and then through a clarifier or a
sedimentation tank designed to remove the suspended solids.  The sedimen-
tation process.can be accelerated by using a flocculation or coagulation
agent such as aluminum sulphate or ferric sulphate.
     Coagulation and sedimentation may not adequately prepare the  effluent
for injection.  Where sand-and sandstone injection zones are susceptible
to plugging, filtration is included as a part of waste treatment.   The
filters may consist of a series of metal screens coated with diatomaceous
earth.   If the waste contains microorganisms, some chemical treatment
may also  be required.  Generally, five types of microorganisms can inter-
fere with the subsurface injection system:   slime formers, algae,  iron
bacteria, sulphate-reducing bacteria, and fungi.
     Often the cost of the effluent treatment facilities exceeds the cost
of drilling, testing, and -constructing the  injection well; but nevertheless
this treatment is less expensive  than the treatment which .would be
required  to render the effluent acceptable  for discharge into streams.

                      Operation of Injection Wells

      Three  critical  factors which control  the operation of an injection
 well  are: (1)  the compatibility of the effluent with the formation and
 the formation fluids; (2),the injection pressure;  and (3)  the injection
 rate.

      Effluent Compatibility.  The physical  and chemical properties of the
 effluent are extremely important.  The pores of the injection horizon can
 be plugged by suspended splids or dissolved gas contained in the  effluent.
 Plugging can also be caused by chemical reactions between the effluent
 and the  aquifer materials, or between the effluent and the,.native water
 in the  injection zone.  Plugging of the pores results in a'decrease in

-------
porosity of the storage formations which, in turn, causes a reduction in
well capacity.

     Precautions to minimize the possibility of chemical  reactions between
the effluent and the aquifer materials were discussed in  the preceding
section.  The various chemical reactions between injected and native water
have been studied in some detail by various researchers.   Although the
exact influence of such reactions on aquifer permeability is uncertain,
they will often cause undesirable results.

     Sometimes when chemical reactions between injected and intersticial
fluids are anticipated, the injection of a neutral fluid  such as treated
water has been successful in forming a buffer zone between the injected
wastes and the interstitial fluids.  Mathematical calculations substan-
tiated by laboratory experiments have shown that longitudinal effluent
dispersion will increase with the square root of the time or distance of
flow.  The size of the neutral buffer zone necessary to prevent reaction
can be related to the undiluted width of the buffer zone  by taking into
account the total pore space in the buffer zone.  Generally, preventing a
chemical reaction from occurring within 100 feet of the well bore is suf-
ficient.  For more critical conditions it may be necessary to consider
the dispersion coefficient and the viscosities of the fluids.  It is
important, however, that the two injected fluids do not bypass each other
in the formation.

     Injection Pressure.  The injection pressure of a well consists of
the sum  of the injection zone pressure and the friction  head losses due
to the flow of the fluid through the well and into the injection zone.
Proper injection well design can minimize such head losses.  For example,
they can be held at a minimum if the formation porosity is not reduced by
sedimentation or flocculation within the injection formation.  Also,
artificial stimulation of the aquifier can sometimes increase the porosity
of the formation in the vicinity of the well.

-------
      Generally,  injection  pressures  vary with the depth of the well,
 but most injection  pressures are  less  than 200 psi.  The range of injection
 pressures for wells presently  in  use is shown below.  High injection
 pressures are usually  undesirable

            Injection Pressure, psi      Percent of Total Wells
            partial  vacuum                          14
                 0-150                              29
               150-300                              27
               300-600                               9
               600-1500                            20
               greater  than 1500                     1

 not only  because they  restrict the rate of effluent injection but also
 because  they  require considerably more expensive equipment.  The well
 itself must then be  designed to withstand higher pressures.

      Injection Rate.   Most of the problems that arise during the operation
of  an injection well are related to the rate of injection.   Usually, an
optimum injection rate can be established for each well; to exceed this
rate might result in operational  problems.   Data regarding the Injection
rates of wells presently in use is as follows:

            Injection  Rate, GPM         Percent of Total Wells
                0-50                               27
               50-100                              17
              100-200                              25
              200-400                              26
              400-800                               4
              greater than 800                      1

     Sometimes it is necessary to increase the porosity and .permeability
of the injection formation to produce an increase in the injection rate.
This can be achieved by acid-lzing or fracturing the injection zone.
Acidizing increases the effective permeability of limestone and  dolomite
                                     8

-------
formations in the vicinity of the well  bore by dissolving certain
minerals such as calcium carbonate.  Fracturing increases the permeability
by breaking up the rock or by enlarging pre-existing fractures by hydraulic
or detonation methods.  It is important, however, that fractures created
by this process do not extend vertically through confining layers, since
ground water contamination might then occur.

                         4.  PROCESS ECONOMICS

      In  1963,  the cost  of  complete deep well  disposal  installations ranged
 from $30,000 to $1,400,000.   In the least  expensive system,  no surface
 equipment was required  for treating the waste;  and the well  was only  1,800
 feet deep.  The most expensive system included a treatment plant with a
 clarifier, dual filters, and four positive displacement pumps for Injection
 into a 12,000-foot-deep well.

      Currently, the cost of deep well disposal ranges from 50 cents to
 $2.00 per thousand gallons Injected.  This cost depends upon many
 variables including the depth  of  the well, the type of well completion,
 injection pressure, and treatment equipment  required.

      Cost analysis for  a  typical  well  --  about 3,000  feet deep  --
 indicates that drilling,  completing, and  testing  would  cost less than
 $150,000.   The cost  of  necessary  treatment facilities would be  additional
 expenses and dependent on the particular  requirements of the wastes  and
 the site.
                   5.   OTHER FACTORS TO BE  CONSIDERED

                             Legal  Requirements

       Before starting a deep well disposal project, it is essential to
  discuss the plan with the appropriate regulatory agency and to obtain
  the necessary approvals.  In  about 34 states the construction of waste
  injection wells  is subject to certain requirements.  Only  3 states,

-------
Missouri, Ohio and Texas, "have laws specifically governing wells for the
disposal of industrial wastes.  Most other states do not rule out the use
of injection wells, but they often lack favorable geologic conditions
and, therefore, do not have suitable sites for injection wells.   Some
states do not allow the use of deep well injection.  If the geology is
suitable and if the plans for well construction are adequate, authori-
zation to proceed is generally given; but if a reasonable doubt exists
in the minds of regulatory officials, subsequent hearing may be required.
     In some cases,  conditional  permits are issued.  For example, a permit
may limit the maximum injection pressure which may be used, or it may
stipulate that one or more formation pressure monitoring wells must be
included in the project.

                           Regional Considerations
     The specific location of a waste injection well must be evaluated
by a detailed geologic subsurface investigation.  However, regional
geologic conditions can be used to evaluate whether certain areas are
generally suitable for injection wells.
                         j

     The regional favorability map (Figure 3) indicates that
certain areas of the continental United States such as the Rocky
Mountains are generally unsuitable for waste Injection wells because
igenous or metamorphic rocks lie near the ground surface (gray areas in
the figure).  Such rocks do not have sufficiently high porosity to warrant
their use as a disposal formation.  Areas underlain by extensive layers
of volcanic rock (triangles on map) generally are not suitable for waste
disposal wells.  Even though these rocks have porous zones, they
generally contain fresh water.  The waste disposal potential of the
Basin and^Range  Provinces  (see angled  lines on map) is largely unknown
owing to complex geologic  conditions.
                                   10

-------
     While the central valley of California is geologically well  suited
for the installation of disposal wells, several factors discourage their
use.  Thick sequences of sandstone in the region provide suitable injection
horizons; but discontinuities in pervious strata, earthquake hazards,
and presence of extensive oil and gas accumulations are negative  factors.
Although the geology of the West Coast is complex, coastal  areas  north  of
Los Angeles may contain satisfactory potential sites for injection wells.
     The Atlantic and Gulf coastal plains are underlain by  thick  sequences
of sedimentary rock which, except in oil and gas producing  areas, are
generally suitable for deep well injection.  The midcontinent and much  of
the Midwest are underlain by rather thick sequences of sedimentary rocks.
Most of the injection wells in use today are located in these areas.

                  Geologic Investigations and Field Tests

     The final appraisal of a disposal well site is usually determined by
a two-phased geologic investigation.  The first phase includes an
evaluation of potential sites on the basis of available data.  The second
phase consists of a more detailed evaluation of subsurface  conditions
based on information obtained from drilling a pilot hole or the injection
well.
     Information sought during the first phase of the investigation and
prior to the installation of an injection well includes the extent,
thickness, depth, porosity, permeability, temperature, water quality,  and
hydrostatic pressure of potential injection zones.  The presence  of imper-
meable confining beds, lateral changes in rock properties,  the existence
of faults or joints, and the occurrence of any mineral resource in the
area must also be evaluated.   Existing wells in the area which may
penetrate the potential  injection zones must be located since, if not
properly plugged, liquid wastes could escape through these  wells.
                                      11

-------
                   GENERALLY  UNFAVORABLE
                    GENERALLY FAVORABLE
^I GENERALLY UNFAVORABLE
  GENERAL FAVORABILITY
  UNKNOWN
Figure 3.  Deep Well Disposal Sites

-------

Injection.
                     different requirements  relating to their extent of
            may
 system of zone classification has been proposed as follows.
 this zone is normally precluded.





  successfully with  suitable monitoring.
                            F1ow.  in  this subzone the native liquid is
  potential storage of the more concentrated wastes
                                     13

-------
     Stagnant Subzones.   These subzones are,  with  few exceptions,  several
thousand-feet below land surface, and the fluid is hydrodynamically trapped';
This zone would seem ideal for injection of very toxic waste.   However,  thef
capability,to accept and retain injected fluids needs to be assessed with
extreme caution.

     Dry Subzones.  A common type of dry subzone would be a salt bed or
dome in which free water is virtually nonexistent, and'which may be imper-
meable in a finite sense.  Waste injected in such a zone would be wholly
isolated from natural hydrbdynamic circulation.  However, since movement
could occur through hydrofractures, performance of a dry subzone under
injection should  be assessed cautiously.

     It  is recommended  that research be  done to coordinate the limits of
the  various  zones mentioned and  to associate such zones with the various
categories of wastes.   In  this manner,  further information can be gathere'd.

       6.   RECOMMENDATION  ON  THE APPLICATION OF DEEP  WELL  DISPOSAL

      In  the  past, there has not  been enough  attention given to the  moni-
toring of  deep  well  disposal  systems.   It' is desirable  to  monitor  injection
wells  to determine the  extent of travel  of injected  waste  permitting the
detection  of well casing'or cement failures, the  escape of waste-through
 fractured  or faulted cap rocks,  or through other  abandoned or operating
wells, and the loss of  permeability in the injection horizon  during injection.

     Monitoring is also'required to  determine  the pressure-heeded  to
maintain a constant injection rate,  since this increases with time.  An
 increase in  pressure probably indicates decreased permeability.   A \
 sudden increase in the  intake rate of  the injection  well might indicate
 the opening  of horizontal or  vertical  fractures in the injection  horizon
 and possibly in the confining beds, or the failure of such well  facilities
 as the casing, cement,  or packers.
      Such monitoring activities need to be documented and be made require-
 ments of State and Federal laws relating-to deep well disposal.
                                   14

-------
     Related to monitoring requirements is the necessity for developing
adequate planned methods and procedures to be followed to rapidly insti-
tute corrective actions in the event of a system failure.  It is recom-
mended that research be done to establish a list of the proper monitoring
methods and implementation methods associated with deep well disposal  and
to develop procedures for instituting corrective actions in the event  of
a system failure.

     In addition, complete operating records are required to denote
quantities and types of waste injected into a particular stratum. Require-
ments for such records need to be part of State and Federal legislation.

     The use of deep well disposal techniques should be limited at the
present state-of-the-art to those waste stream constituents which have
low toxicity in themselves and which also do not have breakdown or expected
reaction products demonstrating high toxicity.  This recommendation is
based primarily on the apparent lack of control over wastes following
injection.  Without proper and adequate monitoring techniques the
migration of hazardous materials from  the "storage" area may not be
detected until there is an effect on the non-storage area  (ground water
contamination, etc.) when it might be  too late.  Furthermore, given that
an unexpected migration is detected there are currently  no  tested proce-
dures which will  reverse the migration or allow total recovery of the
materials, or  seal the  periphera  to insure  halting the migration.

      In  summary,  deep well disposal methods can be utilized subject to
detailed  geological  investigations and selection,  rational  selection of
wastes to  be  so  disposed and  proper monitoring of  the  sites so  that
disposal  can  be  stopped at the  proper  time  without fear  of migration.
                                     15

-------
                             7.   REFERENCES


0844. National Industrial Pollution Control Council.   Waste disposal  in
        deep wells.  Government Publication 55-95.   Feb.  1971.   34 p.

1573. Heckard, John.  Deep well  injection of liquid wastes.  Engineering
        Bulletin No. 35.  Los Angeles, Dames & Moore, 1970.  6 p.

1622. Personal communication.  G. Melickian, Dames  & Moore, to A.  Lee,
        TRW Systems, Apr.. 19, 1972.
                                   16

-------
                          LAND BURIAL DISPOSAL

                            1.  INTRODUCTION

     Land burial is adaptable to those hazardous materials that require
permanent disposal.  Disposal  is accomplished by either near-surface or
deep burial.  In near-surface burial the material is deposited either
directly into the ground or is deposited in stainless steel tanks or
concrete lined pits beneath the ground.  The standard procedures for deep
burial are disposal in salt mines or hard bedrock, or in shale formations
by using hydraulic fracturing.  Hydraulic fracturing is not covered here
but is covered under  deep well  disposal.

    '  In  land burial the waste is transported  to  the selected  site, where
it  is prepared  for final burial.  Transportation of the wastes to the
burial site can  be accomplished in  three ways:   by common  carriers with
the waste  packaged along with ordinary shipments of wastes, by contract
carriers that  handle  only the hazardous materials to  be buried but collect
from  various sources, or  by private carriers  that transport their own
wastes  from the point of  origin to  the burial  site.

      Either solid or liquid wastes  can be received  at the burial  site.
To reduce  the  mobility of the wastes before burial  all  liquid wastes
 should be converted to a solid form.  This requires that  special  solidifi-
 cation equipment be located at the burial site.  Coupled  with this  special
 solidification equipment heavy equipment for excavation and lifting and
 special monitoring instruments and stations will also be required.
                                                    ^
      At the present time near-surface  burial of both radioactive and
 chemical wastes  are  being  conducted at several  Atomic Energy Commission
 (AEC) and  commercially operated burial sites.1423  These wastes are buried
 in unlined trenches  approximately  20  ft in depth.  The trenches are
 filled  to  within 2 to 5 ft of the  surface  and  are covered with either
                                      17

-------
asphalt or soil and vegetation to reduce Infiltration of water.   Radio-
active wastes are stored in either liquid or solid form in steel tanks
enclosed 1n concrete.0705'0710

     Pilot plant studies have been conducted for deep burial in  salt
formations °696' °957 and hard bedrock.0738  These wastes would  be
buried approximately 1,000 to 1,500 ft beneath the ground in unlined
tunnels.  The wastes are lowered into these tunnels by means of a
central access shaft.  After the filling operation is complete in a
tunnel, it is sealed off by backfilling with salt and using a positive
seal  (e.g.,concrete).

                        2.  OPERATION PRINCIPLES

      Land  burial operates on  the principle of permanent confinement and
isolation  from the biosphere.  The wastes can be  disposed of near the
surface  in specially constructed trenches or pits that are  designed to
retain the wastes  and  prevent infiltration into the  soil.   They can also
be buried  deep beneath the  ground where better Isolation  from the
biosphere  is afforded.   For either method the form of the waste, type
of container,  and  site geology are of utmost  importance  in  determining
the suitability  of any land burial disposal  process.

                                3.  DESIGN

      This  section  describes the  factors related  to site selection  and
 type of monitoring system required.   In addition, the design of current
 land burial  disposal  operations  is discussed.

                              Site Selection

      The selection of a site for the disposal of hazardous materials is
 dependent upbn several factors.  These include physical characteristics
 of the wastes to  be buried, environmental characteristics of the area,
 operating equipment and waste handling procedures required, and the
                                    18

-------
geographic characteristics  of  the  surrounding area.

     The types of  hazardous wastes to be buried at a particular disposal
site are important  in determining whether the site is owned and operated
by a private  concern or  by  the government.   If only short-lived materials
are to be disposed  of then  private ownership and operation with state or
federal licensing  and regulation can be considered.  For  long-lived
materials it  is  imperative  that the disposal site be located on state
or federally  owned  land  to  ensure that perpetual monitoring and care
can be maintained.  Even though government ownership of the site is
required, on-site  operation can be performed by a private concern.
                  o
     In selecting  the location of a disposal site the environmental
characteristics  of  the area are important.  The environmental factors of
principal concern  are meteorology, geology, hydrology, and geoseismology.
Detailed meteorological  data are required since if a particle or gas
escapes to the outside environment, its fate is determined by the
prevailing meteorological conditions.  The frequency of wind direction
toward any given sector  determines the degree of possible risk to the
population within  that sector  from material emitted upwind.  Besides
wind direction, wind speed  affects the dilution rate of the material.
The amount and rate of rainfall are significant factors in determining
the amount of material that can be leached from the wastes.

     The geology and hydrology of the area determine  whether waste is
dispersed or confined.   The factors which influence the movement of
the waste are:  main formations in the area,  such as  gravel, clay,
sand, and shale; permeability and ion exchange capacity of the soil;
and depth of the water table.

     Since water represents the main vehicle of transporting any
significant quantities of wastes from the burial  site,  the site should
be as far as possible from  any important ground water sources.   Since
the ground water can convey the wastes to the surface streams,  it is
                                  19

-------
necessary to determine the possible movement of ground water from the
burial site into the streams, springs, and water sources.   The points
of ground water discharge must be established and the dilution capacity
of the surface streams determined.

      In near-surface burial the trenches or concrete and stainless steel
lined pits should be constructed to hold the wastes above the water table.
This  is to prevent leaching of the waste by the ground .water.  The wastes
should also be buried as far .as possible from any surface stream or water
wells in order to maximize the retention time in the soil if leaching
of the wastes does occur.  In this way the waste can be retained by
the natural processes of absorption, filtration, and ion exchange.  The
trenches or pits should be covered with an impermeable material to
prevent infiltration of rainfall.  Infiltration of rain can be prevented
by covering with cement or by covering with clay or shale and capping
with  asphalt.  Also, infiltration of rain can be reduced by covering
with  grass or other vegetatipn.  This latter method is less desirable
than  the other two since some infiltration of water can occur especially
during  periods of heavy  rainfall.

      The geoseismology data  such as faults, vibrations, and tsunamis are
the major earthquake phenomena that must be considered.  Since there is
a general lack of knowledge  about earthquakes,  it is necessary to make
conservative estimates and evaluations of the critical geoseismological
data.   A seismic probability map of the United  States  is shown in Figure  1
depicting zones of no, moderate, and major damage.  The largest  zone of
possible major seismic damage lies along  the west coast of  the United  States

      In locating the disposal site it is  necessary to  provide  sufficient
distance between the site  and the surrounding  population to minimize
the danger to the general  public  by either normal operation or accidental
releases.  For nuclear reactor  plants federal  regulations  (10CFR100)
specify that'the reactor plant  be surrounded  by a zone of  low population.
This  same  regulation  should  also  apply  to a  disposal  site  of hazardous
materials.   A  population density  map  of the  United  States  is  shown  in

-------
            Legend
               zone  of no or minor damage
               zone  of moderate damage
               zone  of major damage
Figure 1.   Seismic  Probability Map.
                                        0705

-------
Figure 2.   The major areas  with a population density  of  less  than  30
persons per square mile are located in the midwest,  southwest,  and
northwest regions of the United States.   In addition  to  selecting  an
area of low population density the site should be located to  minimize
the distance required to transport the hazardous materials to the  site.

                            Monitoring System

     For each waste received at  the burial  site inventory records should
be kept identifying the type of  waste received, its activity and toxicity,
and the source and  quantity of the waste.   Also the form  (liquid or
solid), type  of  container  and  date received should be recorded.  A coding
or permanent  marking  system should be devised  to  record  the  location of
all buried wastes.   These  data should then be  recorded  on a  map.  A
monitoring system is  also  required to measure  the amount and location of
any discharged wastes.  This  should  include direct monitoring  of  the wastes
 in  each burial  site and monitoring of test wells, surfaces,  streams, and
 lakes in the general  area  of  the burial  site.

      In deep burial in either salt mines or hard bedrock a waste  retrieval
 pi in  should be devised.  This plan should call for  the development of
 systems capable of retrieving the wastes.  This plan should also be
 coupled with a worst  case hazards analysis to determine what happens if
 the integrity of the  site is destroyed or  the waste retrieval system
 does not  perform according t.o design.  A  continuous monitoring system
 is not only  needed to measure the discharge of any wastes but to also
 measure any  changes  in  the geology  of the area and  in  the location  of
 the  buried wastes.

                               Present Design

       At the present time  most hazardous materials  are disposed  of by
  near-surface burial.  These materials are either buried directly in
  the ground or in stainless steel tanks or concrete lined pits beneath
  the ground.  Research and pilot plant studies are being conducted for
  deep burial in salt  mines or hard bedrock.

                                       22

-------
         Legend
         <30 persons per sq. mi.
         >30 persons per sq. ml.
Figure 2.   Population  Density  in the United States.
                                                        0705

-------
     Near-surface burial  of radioactive wastes is being conducted at
several AEC sites and also at six commercial  burial  sites.   The locations
of these sites are included in this report (Tables 1 and 2).  In addition
to radioactive wastes some commercial burial  sites also handle certain
chemical wastes.  These commercial burial sites are regulated by the
AEC or by an AEC agreement state.

     A complete description of the operation and facilities at several of
the commercial burial sites is provided by R. J. Morton, AEC.      A
brief description of five of these sites is included (Table 3).  At each
of these sites the wastes are buried in trenches approximately 20 ft in
depth.  These trenches vary in width from 25  to 60  ft  and vary in length
from 300 to 700  ft.  The design  of the  trenches at  each site  is  fairly
similar.  The trenches are designed  not to intercept the ground  water
table  and are constructed with a bottom drain and sump for  water monitoring.
The trenches are unlined, so that the extent  of leaching is dependent on the
permeability of  the  soil.  At each site liquid wastes  are solidified by.
mixing with various  additiyss, such  as  concrete, which absorb and solidify
the wastes.  These commercial facilities also offer packaging and
transportation  services.

     Radioactive wastes  haye  also been  stored as  liquids in stainless
steel  encased in concrete  and buried underground.   These tanks range  in
size from 0,33  to  1.3  million gal.   The tanks are equipped  with  devices
for measuring temperatures,  liquid levels,  leaks, and  for  agitating the
contents.   At the  present time  these tanks  are considered  as an  interim
 storage technique  due  to a-general lack of  confidence  in their long-term
 integrity.

      Stainless steel bins buried beneath the ground have also been used  at
 the Idaho Chemical Processing Plant, Idaho Falls, for solid radioactive
 wastes   The life of these bins has been estimated at 500 yr.      The bins
 are constructed of  1/4-in.-thick stainless steel and  each  bin is 12 ft in
 diameter and 42 ft  high.  Six bins  are enclosed  in a  concrete vault   The
 vault  is constructed  of two-ft-thick  reinforced  con.crete and is 46 ft in
 diameter and 69 ft  high.  The vault is 45 ft below ground  level and rests

-------
                                   TABLE  1

                               AEC BURIAL SITES
Site Designation
          Contractors
 Location
Hanford
Savannah River
National Reactor
  Testing Station
Los Alamos
Oak Ridge National
  Lab.

Feed Materials
  Production Center

Sandia Laboratories
Pantex Plant
Nevada Test Site
Paducah Gaseous
  Diffusion Plant

Portsmouth Gaseous
  Diffusion Plant
Atlantic Richfield; Douglas
E.I. duPont de Nemours & Co.
Argonne National Lab.; General
Electric; Idaho Nuclear Corp.;
Westinghouse

University of California
Union Carbide Corp.
National Lead Co. of Ohio
Sandia Corporation
Mason and Hanger-Silas
Mason Co.

Reynolds Electric and
Engineering Co.

Union Carbide Corp.
Goodyear Atomic Corp.
Richland,
Washington

Aiken,
S. Carolina

Idaho Falls,
Idaho
Los Alamos,
New Mexico

Oak Ridge,
Tennessee

Fernald, Ohio
Albuquerque,
New Mexico

Amarillo,
Texas

Mercury,
Nevada

Paducah,
Kentucky

Piketon,
Ohio
                                     25

-------
                         TABLE 2
                 COMMERCIAL BURIAL SITES
     iLocation	Operator	
West Valley, New'York            Nuclear Fuel Services
Barnwell, South Carolina         Chemical Nuclear Service, Inc.
Beatty, Nevada      .             Nuclear Engineering Co.
Richland, Washington             Nuclear Engineering Co.
Sheffield, Illinois              Nuclear Engineering Co.
Morehead, Kentucky               Nuclear Engineering Co.

-------
                                  TABLE 3

       COMMERCIAL RADIOACTIVE WASTE BURIAL SITE CHARACTERISTICS1423
Characteristics
                                                      Site
Background

   Ownership of site
   Population - density in area

   Location re towns and cities
   Area of (1) site; (2) control  (acres)
   Communications

   Precipitation (in.)
                                                   Beatty. Nevada

                                          State  of Nevada,  leased to NECO

                                          Desert,  virtually uninhabited
                                          About  12 mi  southeast  of  Beatty
                                          (1)  80;  (2)  desert,  not controlled
                                          Good;  hwy U.S.  95

                                          2.5-5.0/yr
Site Characteristics

   Drainage

   Bedrock depth and materials (est)


   Surflcial material - depth; types

   Ground water - depth; slope

   Land and water use downstream


   General soil characteristics
                                          Adequate

                                          575+ ft; various  sedimentary and
                                            metamorphic

                                          -v-575 ft (?);  alluvial  clay,  sand,
                                            etc.
                                          275-300 ft;  SE-v-30 ft/mi

                                          Very little,  desert conditions


                                          Semi-arid desert; deep soil
Operation - Equipment and Methods

   Monitoring instruments and devices


   Waste handling machinery
   Trenches - (1) dimensions; (2) design;
     (3) water pumped?
Waste handling - (1) transport by
  company; (2) processing; (3)
  burial procedures
                                          14 survey instrs; film,  air
                                            monitors; etc.

                                          Tank truck; trailer trucks; dozer;
                                            35-T crane

                                          (1) 650 x 50 x depth 20  ft; (2)
                                            usual design, I.e., drain to
                                            sumn, 4 ft backfill; (3)  no water
                                            collected
                                             (1) yes; (2) liquids solidified;
                                               (3) sp.  nu. mat.   spaced at
                                               bottom,  slit tr. for high-
                                               activity materials

-------
                                    TABLE'S
    COMMERCIAL RADIOACTIVE WASTE BURIAL  SITE  CHARACTERISTICS1423   Cont'd.
Characteristics
          Site
BackfjroumJ

   Ownership of site

   Population - ily  in area.

   Location re towns iind cities

   Area of (1) site; (2) control  (ncroi.)

   Communications

   Precipitation (in.)
  West Valley, New York

NYASDA,  leased to NFS

Rural, less than 50/sq mi

About 30 mi $W of Buffalo
(1) 10+; (2) 3345 state owned
Good; U.S. hwy and rwy

40/yr
Site Characteristies

   Drainage

   Bedrock depth and materials  (est)


   Surficial material - depth;  types


   Ground water - depth; slope-


   Land and water use downstream


   General soil characteristics
Several creeks
50-75 ft; type bedrock not
   stated

25-35 ft glacial till; 25-35 -
   ft silty till
Variable; slopes with surface'
   drainage
Farming; no domestic surface -
   supply

Slow water movement; good
   sorption
Operation - Equipment and Methods

   Monitoring instruments. andtdcvi.crs


   Waste handling machinery
    Trenches  -  (1)  dimensions;*(2)  design;
      (3) water pumped?
Variety, types, and numbers -
   as licensed
Usual - crane, shovel,  dozer,
   lifts, etc.

(1) 700 x 35 x depth 20 ft;
   (2) usual design; bottom
   slope 2: 100; (3) yes
   Waste  handling  -  (1)  transport by
     company;  (2)  processing;'(3)
     burial  procedures
(1) no; (2)  no low-level
   processing; (3)  usual,
   trenches  filled, mounded
   cover
                                     28

-------
                                   TABLE 3
    COMMERCIAL RADIOACTIVE WASTE BURIAL SITE CHARACTERISTICS
                                                           1423
                       Cont'd.
Characteristics
Background

   Ownership of site
   Population  - density  in  area

   Location re towns  and cities
   Area of (1) site;  (2) control  (acres)

   Communications
   Precipitation  (in.)
   Morebead. Kentucky
State of Kentucky,  leased to NECO

Rural, sparse (Maxey Flats)
10 mi northwest of Morehead
(1) 200 (est); (2)  1000 (est)
Fair; state hwy N and S
46/yr (heavy storms)
 Site Characteristics

    Drainage
    Bedrock depth and materials (est)


    Surficlal material - depth; types


    Ground water - depth; slope


    Land and water use downstream


    General soil characteristics
 Well  drained
 50-75 ft (?);  shale, sandstone,
    siltstone
 50-75 ft (?)  shale, clay,  siltstone


 >320 ft ("perched"  none);
    erratic
 Very little nearby, distant (no
    data)
 Very Impermeable; good soil
    sorption
 Operation - Equipment and Methods

    Monitoring instruments and devices


    Waste handling machinery
    Trenches - (1) dimensions; (2) design;
      (3) water pumped?
 Essentially same as at Beatty

 Usual  -  crane; dozer; forkllfts;
     etc.

  (1) 300  x  50 x depth 20 ft; (2)
     usual design, sump; (3) Yes
    Waste handling -  (1) transport by
      company;  (2) processing;  (3)
      burial procedures
  (1) and (2)  same  as  Beatty  (both
     NECO); (3)  per "Radiation Safety
     Plan" (NECO)
                                       29

-------
                                   TABLE 3
    COMMERCIAL  RADIOACTIVE-WASTE BURIAL SITE CHARACTERISTICS
                                                            1423
                    Cont'd.
Characteristic;
                                                         Site
Background

   Ownership of site

   Population - density in area

   Location re towns and cities

   Area of (1) site; (2) Control (acres)

   Communications

   Precipitation (in.)
    Richland, Washington

State of Wash., leased to NECO
No residents, inside AEC plant

25 mi N of Richland
(1) 100; (2) 1000 state owned
Good; AEC Hanford reservation

6-8/yr
Site Characteristics

   Drainage
   Bedrock depth  and materials  (est)


   Surficial material  -  depth;  types


   Ground water - depth; slope

   Land  and water use  downstream


   General soil characteristics
Well drained

250-450 ft; basalt


150-350 ft; silty sand, gravel,
   clay
240 ft; N and E -x. 15-35 ft/mi.


Columbia River - all uses
Little-precipitation;.deep dry
   soil
 Operation - Equipment arid Methods

    Monitoring instruments and devices


    Waste handling machinery


    Trenches  - (1) dimensions; (2) design;
      (3) water pumped?
AE licensed - survey instrs, film,
   counters

Usual -crane, shovel, dozer, lifts,
   etc.

 (1)  300 x 60 x.depth 25 ft; (2)
   usual design; (3) no water
   collects in sump
    Waste  handling  -  (l)  transport  by
      company;  (2)  processing;  (3)
      burial  procedures
 (1) yes,  95%;  (2) liquids solidified;
    (3)  sp. nu. mat. spaced, separate
    trench for  ion-exchange resins
                                      30

-------
                                    TABLE 3
        COMMERCIAL RADIOACTIVE WASTE BURIAL SITE CHARACTERISTICS
                   1423
Characteristics
             Site
Background
   Ownership of Site
   Populatimi - density in area
   Location re towns and cities
   Area of (1) site; (2) control (acros)
   Communications
   Precipitation (in.)
       Sheffield. Illinois
State of Illinois,   leased to NECO
Rural, sparse
3 mi SW of Sheffield; others 3-7 mi
(1) 27; (2) isolated, not controlled
Excellent, expressways and 2-lane hwy
35/yr
Site Characteristics
   Drainage
   Bedrock depth and materials (est)

   Surficial material - depth; types*

   Ground water - depth; slope

   Land and water use downstream

   General soil characteristics
Intermittent drainage
40-60 ft; shale and clay,  deeper
   is sandstone
50-60 ft; glacial  - silty  clay,  loess

40-60 ft (SW), 15-25 ft (N);  N -u 100-
   150 ft/mi
No specific information; probably
   limited
Low permeabilities; some shallow
   soil cover
Operation - Equipment and Methods
   Monitoring instruments and devices

   Waste handling machinery

   Trenches - (1) dimensions; (2) design;
     (3) water pumped?

   Waste handling -  (1)  transport by
     company; (2) processing; (3)
     burial  procedures
Survey instrs; mon.itoring system
   and lab
Usual - lifts, dozer,  crane,  etc.;
   medium cap
 (1)  500 x 40 x depth 20 ft;  (2) usual,
   drain and sump; (3) no

(1) yes; (2)  liquids  solidified  -
   vermiculite and  cement;  (3)
   usual,  per regulation
                                       31

-------
on bedrock. .The vauU is provided with a cooling air system to provide
convective cooling of the bins.   A detailed design of these storage
facilities is available. 071°

      Pilot plant  studies have been  conducted  for deep  burial  in  salt
 mines.   Detailed  designs of a salt  mine  disposal  facility  for solid
 radioactive wastes0696 and for  solid chemical  wastes0957 have been
 prepared.   At the salt disposal  facility the  wastes  would  be received
 at a surface  facility and lowered down a steel-lined shaft into  the
 working area  of the mine.  The  working area would be located approximately
 1,000 ft below the surface..  The wastes  would then be transported to  the
 disposal area in  the mine by either a specially designed underground
 waste transporter or by a conveyor belt.  After the waste  disposal
 operations are complete in a particular area, this area is then  shut,
 off by backfilling with salt.

      Studies have been conducted at the Savannah River Plant     near
 Aiken, South Carolina for the disposal of radioactive wastes in-vaults
 excavated in crystalline rock 1,500 ft beneath the surface.  Access to
 the vault would be provided, by a 15-ft-diameter shaft.  The wastes would
 be stored in tunnels extending from the central shaft.  These tunnels
 would be approximately  30 ft wide and 18 ft high.   Each tunnel is
 provided with a 2-ft-diameter service shaft.   For the disposal of liquid
 wastes the tunnel  is  isolated from  the main shaft by two  concrete Bulk-
 heads, each  10 ft  thick.  The tunnel  is then  filled via the  main  shaft
 with the  service shaft  serving as  an  air vent.   After the tunnel  is
 filled,  it is sealed  by two concrete  bulkheads.

                            4.   PROCESS ECONOMICS
                                "f
      Typical rates charged at  the six commercial  burial sites for near-
  surface burial  of radioactive  or chemical  wastes are included (Table 4).  The
  wastes received  at each burial  site must be  enclosed within containers
  that are in  accordance with AEC, U. S.  Department of Transportation  (DOT),.
  or U.  S. Bureau of Explosives  regulations.  The minimum rate charged for
  unloading,and burying these containers  is $0.75 per cubic foot.   Special
  surcharges are also made for containers weighing in excess of 15 tons

                                     32

-------
                                TABLE 4
                                                       1423
        TYPICAL RATES CHARGED AT COMMERCIAL  BURIAL SITES
Basic rate for containers less than 15 tons  total  weight:   $0.70  per
cubic foot plus state charge of $0.05 per cubic foot.

Surcharge for containers in excess of 15 tons:
                                               Surcharges ($)
          Height . Tons,                Per Shipnent       Per Container
            0 .  15                       0.00 plus            0.00
            15 _  30                     130.00 plus          200.00
            30 .  50                     260.00 plus          330.00
            50 -  60                     520-°° Plus          475*°°
            60.80                    1,600.00 plus        1,200.00
            80  _  130                  3,200.00  plus        2,500.00

 Surcharge for special  handling of containers consisting  of  two or more parts.
 This is for removing and burying inner containers which  have  been shipped  inside
 a shielded coffin, cask or container:

      Primary Containers with               shipment          * Per  Hour*
        Surface Dose Rates            j_pgrj>mpmcnt          *_ - _
         0.2tolOr/hr                   $25.00      Plus     $26'°°
           .
           10to50r/hr                     50.00      plus      26.00
           50  to  100  r/hr                   100.00      plus      26.00
          100  to  500  r/hr                   250.00      plus      26.00

   *The $26.00  per hour  referred  to  includes consulting and preparation of
  proper procedures.

  Minimum charga for any  shipment  is  $L'0.00.
                                   33

-------
and for containers that require special  handling.

     Cost studies have been conducted^5 for tank storage of radioactive
wastes.  The waste management and storage costs were based on an economics
model using a discounted cash flow technique.  This type of model requires
that the income received must provide for the recovery of investment, the
desired return on investment, all cash expenses, and the establishment of
a reserve account to pay all waste management operations that remain to
be completed after all income has ceased..  Using this model, costs were
determined0705 for perpetual tank storage of high-level liquid radioactive
wastes.  For a 50-yr tank life and a 1,000,000 gal. capacity the costs
varied from $4,100 to $8,200 per ton of fuel depending on the type of
waste  (acid or alkaline) and type of ownership (government or private-).
Costs  for interim solid storage of radioactive wastes in water-filled
canals were presented as a function of age of the waste.  The costs range
from $1,275 per ton of fuel for 1 yr storage of 30-yr-old waste  in
6-in.-diameter pots to $4,100 per ton of fuel for 30 yr storage  of 1-yr-old
waste.  Costs were also presented for solidifying these wastes using the
pot calcination technique.  For calcination  in 6-in.-diameter pots these
costs  ranged from $4,200 per ton of fuel for 1-yr-old waste  to $800 per
ton of fuel for 30-yr-old waste.

     For deep burial of hazardous materials  in salt mines cost studies     '
for radioactive wastes and ifor chemical wastes     are  included.  For  -
radioactive wastes the costs were based on  the same economic model described
above.  The wastes were assumed  to be buried in vertical  holes  in the
floor  of the salt mine at  a depth of 1,000  ft.  The burial  costs vary  with
the  heat generation rate and age of the waste  at  burial.   For burial  in
6-in.-diameter pots the disposal costs range from $2,800  per ton of  fuel
for  1-yr-old waste to  $260 :per ton of fuel  for  30-yr-old  waste.

     Detailed cost estimates for constructing  and operating a chemical
waste  storage facility  in  bedded salt have  been derived.      The facility
was  located  in Boco County,  Colorado  and  had a storage space of 43.6 million
 cubic  ft mined  in  bedded  salt  at a depth  of 1,330 ft.   The total cost of
                                                                         _=™S

                                     34

-------
the facility was estimated at $41 million which gives an average cost of
$0.96 per cubic foot of waste stored.  Cost for disposal in a solution
mined facility were also presented.  This facility would consist of four
caverns having an average diameter of 67 ft and a height of 4,000 ft.  The
total volume of the four caverns would be 43.6 million cubic ft and the
average cost of disposal was estimated at $0.32 per cubic foot of waste
stored.

                        5.  PROCESS APPLICABILITY

     Land burial is a possible choice for those hazardous materials that
require complete containment and permanent disposal.  This includes
radioactive wastes as well as highly toxic chemical wastes.  Disposal can
be accomplished by either near-surface or deep burial.  Deep burial is
more applicable to the highly toxic or dangerous materials since better
isolation from the biosphere is afforded.  The important criterion In
evaluating a particular land burial process is determining the integrity
of the site.  Sites with a life expectancy of a few hundred years are
not applicable to wastes with a life expectancy of a few thousand years.
In addition, before any land disposal methods can be selected, it must
be determined if eventual retrieval of the wastes is required.  This
could be required if new reprocessing techniques are devised or under
emergency conditions.

     At the present time only near-surface burial  is used for the
disposal of most wastes.  Low-level radioactive wastes and some chemical
wastes are buried in unlined trenches 20 ft in depth.   High-level  radio-
active wastes are stored as liquid in steel tanks located near the ground
surface.  For deep burial in salt formations or hard bedrock only pilot
plant studies are being conducted at the present time.
                                  35

-------
                             6.  REFERENCES
nfiQfi  Bradshaw  R  L.  et al.   Evaluation of  ultimate disposal methods for
0696. Bradshaw  R.  L.  et^ padioactive wastes v; ?i     , of solid wastes

        in salt formations.   Oak Ridge National Laboratory, ORNL-3358.
        Mar. 1969.

0705. Staff of the Oak Ridge National Laboratory    Siting  of fuel
        reprocessing plants and waste management  facilities.  Oak
        Ridge National Laboratory, ORNL-4451, July  1970.

0710. Bendixsen, C. L.  Storage facilities for radi.oacjj^tca1^
        waste solids at the Idaho Chemical Processing  Plant.   Idaho
        Nuclear Corp., Idaho Falls, IN-1155.  July  1968.

0738  Proceedings of the Symposium on the Solidification  and  Long-Term
0738. ^«JJ;^f°H1 hl  Ldioactive Wastes  sponsored by Atomic  Energy
        Commission, Richland, Washington, Feb. 14-18,  1966.   CONF-660208.

0957  Dunn, C.  S. et  al.  Feasibility of  permanent storage of solid
        chemical waste  in subsurface  salt deposits.  Femx and Scission,
        Inc., Tulsa,  Oklahoma,  F&S-196, Oct. 1971.

1423. Morton, R. J.   Land burial  of  solid radioactive fstes: study of
        commercial  operations  and facilities.  Atomic Energy Commission,
        Washington, WASH-1143,  1968.
                                     36

-------
                            LANDFILL DISPOSAL

                            1.   INTRODUCTION

     Wastes received at a hazardous  waste disposal  facility  or  generated
as the residue from other neutralization/detoxification  processes  can be
solids, liquids, sludges or slurries, or combinations  thereof.   Common
landfill disposal methods for these  materials  Include  the following:
(1) mixing with soil, (2) evaporation and infiltration,  and/or  (3)  shallow
burial.

     Combinations of these methods can be involved in  a  disposal  process.
For example, in the spreading of a slurry on  land, the liquid content may
either evaporate or infiltrate into  the subsoil.   Solid  wastes  will  nor-
mally be incorporated in a landfill  and buried.   Liquids, slurries,  and
sludges might also be incorporated into a landfill; however, due to the
large quantity of moisture contained in these  wastes,  disposal  practices
usually involve spreading them on land or placing them in ponds to maximize
evaporation or infiltration.

                        2.  OPERATION PRINCIPLES

     Landfills operate on two principles:  (1) utilization of the absorptive
capacity of the soil and, perhaps, some biological degradation  of the wastes
by soil microorganisms; and (2) storage of wastes such that they are isolated
from direct contact with man and the surface  environment, t*'Some liquid  wastes
are currently discharged to infiltrate and percolate into the underlying
porous sediments where there is no possibility of ground waste  impairment.
In other cases simple, shallow burial of solid wastes  in a geologically
"dead" area is the ultimate method of disposal.   It must 'be stressed that
the usability of any landfill site is1 basically determined by the site's
characteristics and that their investigation  is  of utmost importance to
site selection.
                                   37

-------
                               3.   DESIGN

       Climatological,  Demographic, and Geological  Investigations

     As part of the selection investigations  of a  proposed  hazardous waste
disposal site the basic meteorology of the site must be investigated.  The
two primary elements of this investigation are the determination of the
average rainfall in the area and the construction  (from available  historical
data) of a wind rose for the site.

     Demographic data for the area consists of a plot of the population
distribution-within a 25-mile radius of the site which can  be compared
with the direction of the prevailing winds.

     The geological and ground water conditions should be investigated
through a program of field inspection and testing that involve soil and
rock examination and the boring of test holes.      The investigation
should  study the depth and occurrence of ground water, its natural quality.
and  the existence of natural impervious barriers.  The soil types< perme-
ability, depth  and  thickness of impervious layers, extensiveness of their
lateral continuity, and occurrence of  dip and  strike of the layers should
also be determined.  The investigation  should  indicate either that geologic
and  hyrologic  conditions will  prevent  migration of  hazardous material onto
adjacent properties or that appropriate design features are feasible  to
preclude such  migration.  Hydrogeologic conditions  of  the  disposal facility
should be  described in the  report.

     The number of test  holes  required to indicate  underlying geologic
 conditions should be  related to the adequacy of detailed Information  from
 other  sources.  Information should be provided on underlying geology  to
 confirm rock types and ground water conditions (absence of ground water
 and/or its occurrence and quality).  Shallow zone exploration should  In-
 volve drilling a minimum of three test holes on the site to a depth deter-
 mined by the geologist In charge of the investigation.  More test holes
                                     38

-------
may be necessary depending on the size of the property and the potential
for variable geologjc conditions.  A rough guideline is one test hole per
each five acres of th« actual area to be used for waste disposal.  Drilling
logs should be included in the report for the test holes and any wells
constructed.

     The area used for any hazardous waste disposal facility should be
free from potential geological hazards, such as known earthquake faults
and land slippage or slide zones.  In areas of major subsidence, this
hazard should also be evaluated.  Land slippage or settlement can result
in rupture of levees surrounding industrial waste ponds, exposure of buried
hazardous materials, or slippage of earth masses into large ponds which
can result in liquids breeching  or overtopping pond walls.  The effect of
waste  liquids percolating through soils on slope or levee stability of
other  zones  of weakness must be  considered in the design of waste disposal
areas.

      If  the  method of operation  relies  on the infiltration of large quan-
tities of  liquids, the  natural soils  on  the  property  should be  relatively
permeable  to allow infiltration  to  occur, and sufficient subsurface storage
capacity for the liquids  should  exist.   Conversely, if impervious basins
are  desired and the  native  soils are  not suitable  for that purpose,  imper-
meable materials may have to be  imported or  artificial  linings  installed.

      Soil  and rock  types  should  also  be suitable for  the  type of excavation
work anticipated.  Excavations made to allow location of  the  disposal  facil-
 ity should not create hazards of slope instability or problems of erosion.
 The degree of slopes should be  consistent with  good engineering practice
 for the particular soil or rock  type.  Erosive  soils  should be protected
 such as  by use of mulches or hydroseed applications.

      Finally, if artificial barriers  are to be  installed,  a  report  should
 be submitted indicating the long-term competence of such  a barrier.   Re-
 sponse to seismic activity and possibility of destruction through  shrinking
                                    39

-------
and cracking due to drying or action of the hazardous  wastes  should be
evaluated.  Pre-tests should 'be made on all prospective liners  to determine
compatibility with the material being disposed.

                   Qualitative Evaluation of Landfills

     The parameters resulting from the investigation of potential sites
outlined above must be compared against standards designed to protect man
and the environment from the.hazards associated with the various wastes.
In California a set of standards for selecting landfill sites which is
based on contamination of usable water supplies has been defined and used
by the State Department of Public Health, the Department of Water-Resources,
and the various California Regional Water Quality Control Boards.  According
to a paper by Lawrence A. Burch of the State Department of Health     three
classes of wastes  are recognized as requiring distinct levels of control
of site effluents  (surface or  subsurface):  (1) water soluble materials
that constitute hazards of high toxici-ty or special water pollution poten-
tial; (2) decomposable orgaaic materials;  and (3) relatively inert, non-
decomposable materials.   Correspondingly,  three classes of landfills dis-
posal sites are recognized and are  described by Burch  as follows:

     "Class  1 sites  are those  sites  located over nonwater-bearing  sediments
or with only  unusable ground water  underlying them.   The site  location  must
provide complete  protection  from flooding,  surface  runoff or drainage,  and
waste materials and all internal drainage  must be  restricted to the  site.
 In essence,  a Class 1 site  is  a  large  container  providing safe, ultimate
 storage of  toxic  or hazardous  materials;  a secondary  function  of the site
might be  the processing  of the waste such  as evaporation  to  reduce the
 volume  of the material  to be disposed of.   These sites can accept almost
 any  type  of materials,  liquid or solid.   These  are the only  sites where
 the  first group of wastes,  such  as  toxic materials, oily  sludges and soluble
                                     'iA'-
 industrial  chemicals may be,, placed.'it''should  be noted that possible  public
 health  hazards  must be  recognized  at the Class  1  sites in addition to water
 quality protection.  Certain very  toxic chemicals such as pesticides or
 tetraethyl  lead may require- special handling techniques to  protect site
 personnel and to provide long-term protection of public health and the
 environment.
                                      4U

-------
     "Class 2 sites are underlain by usable ground water and may be located
adjacent to streams.  To protect the underlying ground water quality, a
distance Of separation must be maintained between the bottpm of the fill
and the water table.  Any surface water must also be restricted from the
site to preclude water from contacting the wastes.  The second group of
wastes (decomposable materials such as refuse) is the acceptable material
at this class of site, along with the third group materials.

     "Class 3 sites are those sites which intercept ground water or where
wastes will be dumped directly into water.  Examples are deep gravel pits
with- ground water ponded in the bottom and swampy areas where filling
operations commence without construction of levees and removal of the water.
Only the third group of wastes is allowed to be disposed of in this class
of site.  These nonwater soluble, nondecomposable inert materials such as
concrete and bricks will not adversely affect the quality of water that
they may contact."

     This type of classification together with geologic consideration such
as faults location, etc., described earlier is necessary for proper manage-
ment of wastes.

                  Quantitative Evaluation of Landfills

     The procedures outlined above are all necessary to the proper selection
of a site utilizing Landfill Disposal.  The data provided by the various
procedures includes both quantitative and qualitative information, but the
evaluation of these parameters is currently handled on a totally subjective
basis  such as that outlined above.  This subjeŁt&ve evaluation does not
                                              t **   *
provide the necessary methodology for comparing one site with another or
for determining absolute suitability of a site for a particular waste
material.  A methodology providing the framework for quantitative evaluation
                                             0230
has been proposed by Pavoni, Hagerty, and Lee     and is described in the
Appendix.  Considerable research is required to test and revise the quan-
tification, but such methodology is necessary to ensuring that factors
other  than economics will  receive consideration in site selection.
                                  41

-------
                          4.   PROCESS  ECONOMICS

     The operating cost of a sanitary  landfill depends of  the cost of  labor
and equipment, the method of operation,  and the  efficiency of the operation.
                                          0772
The principal items in operating cost  are:
     (1)  Personnel
     (2)  Equipment
             Operating expenses - gas, oil, etc.
             Maintenance and repair
             Rental, depreciation, or amortization
     (3)  Cover material - material and haul costs
     (4)  Administration and overhead
     (5)  Miscellaneous tools, utilities, insurance, maintenance to
          roads, fences, facilities, drainage,  features, etc.

     Wages ordinarily make up about 40 to 50 percent; cover material,  admin-
istration, overhead, and miscellaneous amount to about 20 percent.

     The operating  costs per ton versus the amount of solid wastes handled
in  tons and  the population equivalent may be charted (Figure 1).

     The operating  cost of a small operation handling less than 50,000 tons
per year varies from  $1.25 to approximately $5.00 per ton.  This wide range
is  primarily due  to the low efficiency of the smaller operations which are
usually operated  on a part-time  basis.

      Full-time personnel,  full-time use of equipment, specialized equipment,
better management,  and other  factors  that lead  to high efficiency are pos-
sible  at  large sanitary landfill  operations.  The increased efficiency
 results  in  lower  unit cost of disposal.   The unit cost  of a large landfill
handling  more than 50,000 tons  per year will generally  fall between $0'.75
to $2.00  per ton.

-------
          4.00
          3.00
        o
        l/l
        o
           2.00
TONS PER YEAR   0
TONS PER DAY *  0
POPULATION t    0
100,000
  320
122,000
200,000
  640
244,000
300,000
  960
366,000
400,000
 1280
488,000
500,000
 1600
610,000
        * BASED ON 6-DAY WORK WEEK.

        ABASED ON NATIONAL AVERAGE OF 4.5 LBS PER PERSON PER CALENDAR  DAY.
                Figure  1.  Sanitary Landfill Operating Costs
                                  43

-------
                      5.   APPLICABILITY OF PROCESS

     The utilization of landfill procedures for the disposal  of certain
hazardous waste materials at a National Disposal Site,  in an  industrial
environment, or in municipal application will  undoubtably be  required in
the future.  In order to ensure that no damage to man or the  environment
results from this technique it is recommended  that all  sites  currently used
or proposed for the landfill disposal of hazardous wastes be  subjected to
the design procedures specified in Section 3.   It is further  recommended
that any site considered as a National Disposal Site be subjected to the
analyses whether it is expected that landfill  will be a primary disposal
mode at that site or not since account must also be taken of  possible
accidental spillage of materials which represents an unintentional  but
direct application of the landfill technique.

     Tne waste stream constituents considered  in the context  of this pro-
gram are primarily in the category described in Section 3 as  Class 1.  It
is therefore recommended that any disposal facility handling  these materials
be required to meet the Class 1 site criteria  as specified in the Section 3
discussion.  Finally, it is recommended that the landfill disposal model
described by Pavoni, Hagerty, and Lee, and presented in the Appendix to
this Process Description be'tested, modified,  and applied to  provide the
best possible sites for all types of landfill  disposal.
                                      44

-------
                                APPENDIX

                   Landfill  Site Numerical  Evaluation

     In order to evaluate the potential  danger of depositing  any  hazardous
material in a particular landfill site it is  necessary to critically  exam-
ine three general characteristics of that site:  (1)  the potential  for
precipitated surface waters to infiltrate the deposited waste material;
(2) the potential for the waste material  to be transported through  fluid
transmission from its deposit location through underlying bottom soils
to groundwater systems; and (3) other mechanisms for the removal  of haz-
ardous materials from the site and their transport to other areas.   te
A number of factors have been included quantitatively in the
site rating procedure originally presented by Pavoni, Hagerty, and Lee
which  follows:

                             Soil Parameters

     "Infiltration  Potential -  The  potential  for water  to enter  a waste
deposit may be  quantitatively expressed  as the ratio  of the  amount of
water  which may enter  the  top surface of the cover soil  divided  by the
amount of  water necessary  within the  cover soil  to produce a full passage
of moisture  from the  top of the layer to the bottom  of the layer and out
 into the contained refuse.   The amount  of water (i)  which  could  theoret-
 ically enter the site  or enter the  cover soil at the  site  may be estimated
 as the total  area under all of the  rainfall  intensity graphs for the site,
 beneath a horizontal  line representing  the infiltration rate of  the  cover
 soil (see Figure 2).   The infiltration  rate  of the  cover soil may  be ex-
 pected to vary from 0.01 in/hr for bare heavy clay  soils to  approximately
 3 in/hr for loose sands.  The probable  range of (i)  will be  from 1  to 64 in.
                                   45

-------
              \ QUANTITY OF  tli
              |INFILTRATION §
                   TIME
                                      AVERAGE
                                  "iNTlLtRlfTON
                                    RATE,   IN/HR
Figure 2.   Precipitation/Infiltration  Chart
                     16

-------
     The amounts of water necessary for passage of moisture  through  the
cover soil layer may be related to the volumetric field capacity of  the
cover soil layer.  In other words, whereas the field capacity refers to
the amount of water as a percentage of the dry unit weight of the soil
required for passage of water through a unit volume, the volumetric  field
capacity in this instance would refer to the product of the  thickness of
the cover soil layer times the field capacity of the soil.  Thus, let
FC(H) be the denominator of the infiltration potential term.
          where FC = field capacity of the soil expressed as a
                     decimal
             and H = thickness of cover soil layers (inches)
The field capacity will vary from .05 for a clean sand to .40 for a clay,
whereas H will vary from approximately 30 inches to 72 inches.  The in-
filtration potential may be finally quantitated as:
                            Tn	2i_
                            lp "  (FC) H
having  a  practical  range of 0.02  to 20.  This  infiltration  potential may
be thought of as one of the most  significant factors  in determining the
site  potential  for  waste transmission.

      Bottom  Leakage Potential  -  In  addition to the  problem  of water entering
the  refuse cells and removing  the contained hazardous  material^  consideration
must  be given to the action of a  waste  in suspension  or solution  in water,
or in liquid form,  passing through  the  bottom  soil  layer  from its original
 location and entering the  groundwater system.

      The potential  hazard  for a waste to  travel  through a bottom soil from
 the  bottom of the  refuse  cell  through the containing soil layer and into a
 groundwater flow system may be evaluated  in  terms of the  permeability of
 the  bottom soil layer and its  thickness.   Since all natural geological
 materials possess  some finite permeability it is fatuous  to think in terms
 of an impermeable  bottom in a landfill.   Even in the situation  where an
 artificial  lining material has been applied to the bottom of a  refuse cell,
 it is quite probable that the artificial  liner is in truth  not  impermeable.
                                      47

-------
For example, thin sheets  of impervious  polyvinyl  chloride  or polyethylene
lining may easily be pierced and penetrated during placement or after place-
ment by sharp-edged equipment or refuse items.   Asphaltic  liners likewise
may crack because of distortions experienced when the bottom soils  settle
as a result of the applied loads of the landfill.  Thus,  in  all  cases, a
certain finite permeability of the bottom confining layer  must be antic-
ipated.  Therefore, in a  true sense, the migration of materials  from the
landfill site into the substrate must always be anticipated  and the only
variable to consider is the time which  will be  required for  such migration;
in other words, the migration time for  a hazardous substance through a bot-
tom soil layer consisting of clay minerals may  be sufficiently long so that
the substance's half life is greatly exceeded.   In such a  case the.  virulence
and hazardous nature of these substances will be diminished.

     For this reason this bottom leakage factor has been  quite simply ex-
pressed in the form shown below to give a measure of the  time factor'for
migration of a hazardous  material in terms of permeability and thickness
of the bottom soils.

                  Bottom  Leakage Potential  (Lp)  = 	y	

       where K =  bottom soil  permeability (cm/sec)
             T =  bottom soil  thickness  (ft)

The approximate range for K for all practical problems will  be about 10"'
to 10    cm/sec,  whereas  T will vary from 5 to  50 feet.  The overall
range of Lp will  therefore be from approximately 0.02 to 20.

     Filtering Capacity - A less important characteristic of the bottom
soils will be their ability to remove solid particles traveling downward
(through the bottom soil  layer) in a fluid suspension.  In general, this
filtering capacity is dependent upon the sizes  of the pore spaces between
individual soil grains.  In other words, the physical filtering ability
of the bottom soil will depend upon void-space  size in that soil and may
therefore be  related to the size of the soil particles themselves.   The
                                  48

-------
physical filtering capacity may be considered proportional to the inverse
of the average grain size in the soil stratum.  Therefore, the filtering
capacity of the bottom soil layer may be easily expressed as shown below.

                    Filtering  capacity  (Fc)  =
      where 0  =  average  particle diameter (inches)
     The average particle diameter of various soils will vary from about
     to 2.5 x 10   inches.  Therefoi
between approximately 2.1 and 15.0.
0.25 to 2.5 x 10"5 inches.  Therefore the "filtering capacity" will vary
     Adsorptive Capacities - In addition to the removal of solid particles
through physical filtering within the bottom soil layer, certain materials
will be removed from suspension and solution in a migrating fluid by the
physical-chemical attraction of the mineral constituents within the soils.
Adsorption of materials both organic and inorganic in the migrating fluids
will take place principally on colloidal-size particles consisting of clay
minerals which describe the attracting of such minerals for the migrating
particles.  A general measure of such attraction is the cation exchange
capacity of the clay mineral.  In this rating system the greater the danger
of transmission of a hazardous material from a landfill site the greater the
rating factor; therefore, the greater the ability of the bottom soil layer
to adsorb migrating materials the smaller should be the adsorption factor.
The ability of the soil is evaluated as an inverse quantity and a factor is
obtained by dividing a numerator by cation exchange capacity in the denom-
inator.  The cation exchange capacity alone will not reflect the potential
for adsorption of a material on the minerals present in the soil.  If the
available adsorption positions on the soil mineral are already occupied
then no further adsorption can occur.  The occupancy of the adsorption sites
in the soil are already occupied by organic compounds and complex organic
ions.  Therefore, the complete adsorptive capacity factor will consist of
the organic content as the numerator and the cation exchange capacity as
the denominator as follows:
                                      49

-------
                 Adsorptive  capacity  (Ac) =        EC) + 1
       where   o  =  organic. content expressed as a decimal
             CEC  =  cation  exchange capacity, me/100g
The  range  In  the numerator will therefore be from 0 to 10, whereas the log
CEC  will range between about 0.6 to 2.2.  The adsorptive capacity (Ac) will
therefore  vary between approximately 0 and 16.

                          Groundwater Parameters

     Organit  Content - Transmutations of a hazardous material following
contact with  groundwater m,ust also be evaluated.   Assuming that a hazardous
waste  has  reached the groundwater after disposal  in a landfill, probably
the  most important single ^water parameter to be considered would be that
of organic  carbon content.  The organic content of the groundwater may' be
quantitated in terms of the biochemical oxygen demand or BOD.  The higher
the  organic content (BOD) of a groundwater, the higher the substrate po-
tential, and  consequently the higher the potential  it may afford pathogenic
organisms.

     Groundwater organic cpntent was assigned a third order of priority
with regard to landfill ranking factors so that its range of values was
fixed between 0 and 10 dependent upon. BOD values  as follows:
                               Oc = .2 BOD
       where Oc = organic content rating (.maximum value of 10)
            BOD = biochemical oxygen demand of groundwater (mg/1)

     Buffering Capacity - The buffering capacity  of a groundwater is another
important parameter when cpnsidering transmutations of hazardous wastes in
groundwater systems.   Any waste material  having acidic or alkaline charac-
teristics would be less hazardous to the groundwater ecosystem if the water
it is entering possesses a high buffering capacity.  In other words  acidic
or basic waste characteristics would be neutralized or moderated upon con-
tact with a high buffering capacity water system.

                                   50

-------
     Groundwater buffering capacity was  assigned a third  order  of  priority
and was quantitated in relation to pH,  acidity,  and alkalinity.  For the
purposes of this study the buffering capacity ranking (Be)  will  be equal
to ten minus the smallest number of mi Hi equivalents (maximum of ten) of
either an acid or base required to displace the  original  groundwater pH
below 4.5 or above 8.5.  The buffering capacity  ranking will  therefore
vary from 0 for a strong buffer to 10 for a weak buffer.

     Potential Travel Distance - The potential for travel of a  hazardous
waste once it enters  a groundwater system will determine how much of the
immediate landfill environment it may affect.  This potential travel dis-
tance was assigned a  fourth order of priority and varied in value from
0  to 5  depending  upon the  greatest possible  distance a molecule of water
could  travel  from a point  directly beneath the  landfill through the
groundwater system and surface water systems, and thence to the sea.

      Potential Travel Distance       Travel Distance Ranking (Td)
         0 to 500 ft                        -0
         500 to 4000  ft                           !
         4000 ft  to 2 miles                       2
         2 miles  to 20 miles                      3
         20 miles to  50 miles                     4
         Greater  than 50 miles                    5

      Ground Mater Velocity - The groundwater velocity will determine how
 fast a hazardous material may spread into the environment.  A  groundwater
 system having a high velocity should therefore be assigned a higher ranking
 since the time of waste transmission would be reduced.

      The groundwater velocity, having a fourth order of priority, may be
 defined as:
                                  v = kS
                                     51

-------
     where V = velocity
           k = permeability
           S = gradient
Values of k will vary between 10"1 and 10"9 cm/sec whereas values of S will
usually range between 0 and 20 ft/mile.  Groundwater velocities were ranked
according to the following formulation:
                                     S
                            Gv =
                                 log (f + 1)
     where Gv = groundwater velocity rank
            k = permeability (cm/sec)
            S = gradient (ft/mile)

     The groundwater velocity rank will .approximately r.an,ge between 0 and.
20.

                             Air Parameters

     Prevailing Wind Direction - The third major site characteristic to
be investigated is air.  The hazardous .potential of any toxin or pathogen
escaping through the atmosphere from the landfill would depend upon the
prevailing wind direction "in relation to the distribution of population
surrounding the site.  Obviously the worst situation would be one in
which a strong prevailing wind blew from the site to the center of .a very.
dense population.

     The following procedure was therefore developed to quantitatively
evaluate the potential ofthe prevailing wind direction.  Initially, a
twenty-five mile radius  circle was constructed-with the landfill site
as its center  (see Figure 1).  This circle was  then divided into four
quadrants by drawing two -lines - one north-south, and one east-west.  The
population of  each quadraVit was determined (Pi) and-a point representing
the  center of  population (population node) was  located in all 'four quad-
rants  (PNi).   A  radius was then drawn  from the  site to each quadrant's
population node.  The  prevailing wind  direction was determined and a

-------
                                          PREVAILING
                                             WIND
                                          DIRECTION
Figure 3.   Prevailing Wind  Rose
                              0230
               53

-------
radius drawn In this direction from the site  (center of circle).  The
angles from the prevailing wind direction to  each  site-population node
radius were determined (a, B, y. 6) and incorporated in the  following
prevailing wind potential  formula:
                                     log
     where Wp = prevailing wind potential  rank
           Ai = the angle from the prevailing wind direction to each
                site-populatton node
           Pi = the population of each quadrant

     Wp quantitatively interrelates the prevailing wind direction, site
location, and population nodes of each quadrant.  Wp has a practical range
of 0 to 5.

     Population Factor - The population immediately surrounding the land-
fill site will determine how many persons could be adversely affected by
escaping hazardous materials.  The higher the population within a specified
radius of the landfill site the higher the population factor ranking as
shown:
                               Pf = log p
            i'
     where Pf = population factor rank
            p = population within a twenty-five mile radius of the
                landfill site
The population factor rank will range between 0 and 7.

     The  total landfill  site  ranking  formula may  not be assembled by
uniting the  various soil, water,  and  air parameters as follows:
             Landfill Site Rank =  Ip+Lp+Fc+Ac+Oc+Bc+Td+Gv+Wp+Pf
     where  Ip  =  Infiltration  Potential
            Lp  =  Bottom  Leakage Potential
            Fc  =  Filtering Capacity

                                     54

-------
          Ac  =  Absorptive  Capacity
          Oc  =  Organic  Content
          Be  =  Buffering Capacity
          Td  =  Potential Travel  Distance
          Gv  =  Groundwater Velocity
          Up  =  Prevailing  Wind  Direction
          Pf  =  Population  Factor

     The first  four parameters  (Ip.Lp.Fc,  and Ac)  describe  the  soil  system,
the next four factors (Oc.Bc.Td, and Gv) delineate the  groundwater  charac-
teristics, and  the last two terms  (Wp and  Pf) depict air parameters.   The
total landfill  rank may assume  values from approximately 0  to 110,  the
lower the rank  the better  the landfill  for hazardous waste  disposal.
                             i
     The following data has been accumulated concerning two existing land-
fill sites in Louisville,  Kentucky so that a ranking comparison can be
developed.

                                             Site fl       Site #2
      Yearly  rainfall                         43 in.        43  in.
      Soil type                            clean sand    heavy  clay
      Infiltration rate (% of rainfall)        75            10
      Field capacity                          -05           .40
      Permeability                            10-3          iQ'8
      Soil cover (inches)                       60            24
      Bottom thickness  (feet)                  20            15
      Average particle  diameter (mm.)        0.25          0.002
      Organic content of soil                0.5             0
      Groundwater BOD                          10            10
      Cation exchange capacity                  0            80
      Buffering capacity  (meg)                  7             4
      Groundwater travel  distance (miles)     750           750
      Gradient  (ft/mile)                        5             5
      Population within 25 mile radius         106           106
      Prevailing wind  direction               WNW           WNW
                                   55

-------
Site #1 ranking-parameters - I.p=11.5, Lp=5, Fc=14.5, Ac=5, Oc=l, Bc=7,
      Td=5, Gv-1.66, Wp=4.05, and Pf=6
Total landfill rank (Site #1) = 60.71
Site #2 ranking parameters = Ijp=1.03, Lp=0.145, Fc=3.2, Ac-0, Oc-1,
      Bc=4, Td=5, Gv=0.625, Wp=2.9, and Pf=6
Total landfill rank (Site #2) = 23.9

      Landfill #2 having a mucji smaller rank than  landfill  #1  would obviously
 be more condusive to land disposal  of hazardous wastes."

-------
                               REFERENCES


0230. Pavoni, J. L., D. J. Hagerty, and R.  E.  Lee.   State of the art of
        land disposal of hazardous wastes.   Paper presented at the Seventh
        American Water Resources Conference, Washington,  D. C.   Oct.  24-28,


0772. Sorg, T. J. and H.  L. Hickman, Jr.   Sanitary landfill facts.
        Washington, U. S. Department of Health, Education, and Welfare,
        1970.  30 p.

1509. California State Department of Public Health.   Tentative guidelines
        for hazardous waste land disposal facilities.   Jan. 1972.   42 p.
                                   57

-------
               OCEAN DUMPING OF HAZARDOUS WASTE  MATERIALS

                            1.   INTRODUCTION

     The oceans have always served both man and  nature  as  the  ultimate
disposal sink for all of the waterborne waste material  carried by  the
natural and man-made streams discharging at their shores,  and  for  all of
the atmospheric pollutants scrubbed from the  air by the rain that  falls
on their surfaces.   In addition, with increasing frequency in  this century,
hazardous waste materials have been deliberately shipped out to sea and
dumped as either an expedient or an economically attractive disposal  tech-
nique^  The hazardous waste materials thus disposed of have varied widely
in type, in quantity, and in frequency of disposal.  Three examples of
this diversity may be cited as typical:
     (1)  "Spent" sulfuric acid (7 to 10% H2SO., and up to 30% FeSOJ
          wastes from steel pickling and titanium oxide pigment manu-
          facture processes are shipped daily to sea in specially   n
          designed barges, at the rate of 2.7 million tons per year.
     (2) • The U. S. Army program for deep sea disposal of obsolete
          chemical munitions was terminated in 1970 with the scuttling
          in the Atlantic of a stripped cargo vessel laden with 418
          concrete vaults which contained a total of 135,432 Ib of
          GB chemical warfare agent (non-persistent "nerve gas") and
          32,605 Ib of explosives.0353
     (3)  Individual 55-gal. drums filled with sodium metal sludge
          (75% Na, 25% Ca) are pierced and dropped from the decks of
          merchant vessels iptgcthe Gulf of Mexico on an intermittent,
          unscheduled basis.0056

     The three examples cited above illustrate the three basic techniques
 for ocean disposal of hazardous waste materials.  The first basic technique
 is bulk disposal of liquid or slurry-type wastes.  The waste materials are
 loaded into barging equipment—generally, specially designed tank barges.
 The barges are towed to sea, and emptied while underway at off-shore
 distances that range from 10 to 125 miles.
                                   59   Preceding page blank

-------
     In the past, the U.S.  Army and U.S.  Navy have stripped obsolete or
surplus World War II cargo ships, and loaded the ships with obsolete
munitions of all types.  The "explosive waste" laden bulks were towed out
to the pelagic depths beyond-the Atlantic and Pacific continental  shelves,
and scuttled in pre-designated sites.
     The third basic technique employed for deep sea disposal of hazardous
materials is the sinking at sea of containerized hazardous/toxic wastes.
The individual"containers, generally 55-gal. drums, are carried as deck
cargo on merchant vessels, and are discharged overboard at distances from
shore that, dependent upon the contents, may be well over 300 miles.

                        2.  OPERATING PRINCIPLE
     The operating  principles  involved in the three basic techniques
employed for deep sea dispos.al differ in their use of the ocean.  Sea water is
used as a reacting,  neutralizing medium and/or a diluent  in  the bulk disposal
of industrial  wastes from  tank barges.  By  contrast, obsolete munitions
detonated in the deep  sea  employ the ocean  as a cushioning,  isolating medium,
to protect  the "on-shore"  environment from  the effects of the detonation.
Similarly,  disposal  of concrete-encased obsolete chemical munitions and
 (undetonated)  obsolete  conventional  ordnance  items  by  "burial"  in several
thousand feet  of water use the ocean as a means of  isolation,  to minimize
or prevent  both potential  and  actual impact upon  the  on-shore  ecosphere.
      The deep-sea disposal of  containerized hazardous  wastes is based  upon
 the  principles cited above.  Where the drums  are  deliberately  ruptured at
 the  surface,  the ocean is  used as  reactant  and/or a diluent.  Those ;drums
 that are weighted and sunk tntact  beyond  the continental  shelf employ  the
 thousands  of feet of water for protective isolation of the barrels  and their
 contents.
      The District Offices of the U.S.  Army Corps  of Engineers  have  handled
 all  applications for permission to engage in ocean disposal of hazardous
 (and other) waste materials.   If the other Federal (and State) agencies to  whom
 the Corps circulates the application are "reasonably agreeable,"  the Corps
 issues a "letter of no objection"  to the applicant tantamount to an
 authorization to proceed. °056  The Corps may, in addition, specify

                                      60

-------
                              TABLET.0056
               MARINE DISPOSAL AREAS FOR HAZARDOUS  WASTES
                       (BY REGION AND WASTE TYPE)

Waste Type
Industrial waste
Radioactive waste
Explosive and chemical
Pacific
9*
10*
19*
Atlantic
15*
25*
19*
Gulf
16
2
11
Total
40
37
49
  munitions

Total                          38          59          29          126
(No duplicates)
     *Areas used for two or more types of wastes.

                                  61

-------
         2.  Irreversibility of the impact of dumping.
               t
         3.  Volume and concentration of materials involved.

         4.  Location of disposal, i.e., depth and potential  impact
             of one location relative to others."UJ/4

     (7) Give high priority to protecting the estuaries and shallow,
         near shore areas.  Specifically, the Council made the fol-
         lowing recommendati,o,ns to discontinue, prohibit, or phase
         out the ocean dumping of the various categories of hazardous
         wastes:

         1.  Continue prohibiting the ocean disposal of high-level
             radioactive wastes.

         2.  Prohibit the ocean disposal of all other radioactive
             wastes, excepting only the federally regulated discharge
             from vessels and land-based nuclear facilities of low-
             level liquid wastes, or such other low-level radioactive
             wastes as have no alternative offering  less harm to man
             and the environment.

         3.  Prohibit further ocean disposal of chemical warfare
             materials.

         4.  Continue prohibiting the ocean disposal of biological
             warfare ma ten a-] s.

         5.  Terminate as sopn as possible ocean  dumping of explosive
             munitions.

         6.  Terminate immediately dumping of  toxic  industrial wastes,
             excepting only those which  have no alternative offering
             less  harm to man  and the environment.

         7.  Phase out ocean dumping of  all  industrial wastes.


     A number of studies have been made of the environmental  effects of
ocean dumping of hazardous materials.  Due to the (unique) requirement by
the Galveston District of the Corps of Engineers, that laboratory and field
studies of the effects of the wastes be filed in support of disposal appli-
cations, the majority of these studies have been carried out in the Gulf of
Mexico.0056  Inspection of  the results of the various studies performed

(see Table 2 for a summary of the key findings) indicates that the toxic
effects of the hazardous chemical and pesticide wastes are generally limited
to short time periods and areas in immediate proximity to the discharge or


                                      62

-------
regulatory procedures to be followed in connection with the disposal  pro-

cesses.


     There were 281 ocean areas designated for the disposal of wastes of

all types in 1969.  Of these areas, 117 were employed for the disposal of

hazardous wastes.  The regional distribution of these locations is summarized
by Smith and Brown (Table i).0056


     The report to the President on ocean dumping by the Council  on

Environmental Quality     makes a number of strong, broad-based recommen-

dations "to ban unregulated ocean dumping of all materials, and strictly

limit ocean disposal of any materials harmful to the marine environment."

Specifically, legislation is recommended to:


     (1) Require a permit from the Administrator of the Environmental
         Protection Agency (EPA) for ocean, estuary, or Great Lake
         disposal of any waste.

     (2) Authorize the EPA Administrator to ban specific materials
         and specify safe sites.

     (3) Provide for Coast Guard enforcement, and establish penalties
         for violations.


     The Council recommended the use of the following principles  in regu-

lating ocean disposal:


     (4) Stop ocean dumping materials clearly identified as harmful
         to the marine environment or.man.

     (5) Phase out ocean disposal where existing information on
         effects is inconclusive but where "best indicators" are
         that the materials dumped could create adverse conditions.
         If and when conclusive proof is obtained that disposal of
         the materials in question produces no damage to the environ-
         ment (short term, cumulative,  and long-term), permit dumping
         under regulation.

     (6) Include in the criteria for setting disposal standards and
         for urgency in stopping disposal  operations:

         1.  "Present and future impact on the marine environment,
             human health, welfare and  amenities.

-------
                                  TABLE 2.
SUMMARY OF ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES ON INDUSTRIAL WASTES DISCHARGED AT SEA
                                                                      ,0056


Industrial
s-*ent sul
phur.h
acid
( hlor *u'
S'fdiurr
Slu^gt i*u
tai trued*
Pe ,i . des
Jisposal
P.aacVlr»«fcV
ORI ihoK depth
(miles) i (feet)
3 from ! 80
New |
Jeries
toast !
JS Si of 2400
r.alseston .
Texas
l
:: SE 01, 2-iou
Ca'seston
Texas
IWlSoi 2760
Freepoit
Texas
70 S of i 960
Frccpon |
Texas
i
IZSSEof ' 2400
Galveston.
Texas
i
HOSof ' 2«t»
Calvnton.,
Texas '
9SSSEof 720
Galscscon.
Texas
|
"" i
Barging Characteristics
of ssasie/
trip
3200 tons
5000 tons
1 2UO ton--
13OO luns
I7UU ions
240O tons
of do discharge ipced
charge tons/mm ; < trials)
15 feel 18 6
7U 7
i
1 2 (eel 5 6
lu(«l 5 ' 6 J
i
1 i
7 4
!
' 524 ! 6
i
1
i
1400 tors 13 25 5
< proposed I (return (rciom
mendeJi (mended*
15 55-gal
drums (500
570 pounds
per drum1
5055-gaI
dnms per
trip
Surface Va-iabie Id
•1200ft; ! barrel '2 \ 3
, ''mins '600 i
( i intenals \
on botfon '
!
Waste Characteristics
Gisen description
Fe.SO, llO'.l
l.SO, (R 5S)
3eta chloiopropslene (22"b)
tr ihloropropane (S1^) iso
props Khloridc |J8"»> allvl
chloride (1 l°i I misw chlor
des (3J«.I hiai-s cnji(3%l
pM 98 spenfi>. grants
-0 9 1 34
Pipe- " rmir 'ssastcs ** 47«J
wlid> BOO, 100.01X1 ppm
Nj.CO,. Sj,SO. NaOII
tn.' PH u
SpculK gravit) 1 27 at
60°C
Ammonium sulfatc (23%).
nitrogen ( 8°«) carbon (I2S),
organus (29°.) (alcohols
esters amides) IOD 9O
MC/L BOD, 57 (KX) ppm
pH 4 1 S C, 1 23
Sl.S (N. S,l (6°b)(NJ:S,l
SaHS \*° S (total) (6%).
NaCI iZIM organic 2%.
solids (dissolved and sus-
pended) specif K gravity
(Urganu UIMC) t-hlonnated
urginici ilO 15°.) inorganic
salts IM.SO.) (5-6%l
(acij> chlorinated organics
(l%i kulfuni and (10-15°.cl
mini. »uJ (0 1%)
Metallic sodium (75%) cil-
>.ium 1 24°!,) barium magnes
mm potassium ( 1 Si
Anilines (chloroanilme mo-
nochlorolienzene). liquid or-
ganns Imeihanol. p xylene
chloiobenunci dry chemi-
cals-insoluble (r/jrram thi
tam-E ihiontx ttneb fer
tarn mifluron Larbon disul-
(.^)
Field
Observations 	
Observed rffecu
Vsatir 'liscoloration plankton
tempor^rili immobile iron
allied rapidh from s irtacc
a\ei no appreciable ac^uni'ila
tion of iron found in hoftoin
Wjtri JiMiilnratini li^h
planklun kilkd nr direct
cuntaii nf ^xstr rut harmful
efledv seen atur J 4 hrs Bulk
of waste sink 1 *m diffusion ot
ssaste at Jipth
Slight ssattr disiiiioratui- Sn
morlahl) to marmi lift Bulk of
waste sank
No fish mortahts So floating
oil Bulk of uiste sank Maxi
mum ssastL sontentration at
depth
s?ci csidence of subsurface maxi-
mum ssaste Concentration

So mortalits to fish Flsin;
Jcbns hazardous lu disposal per
son nil 3OV mortality, to plank
ton clue to LOlliciion methods.

Misinif LharaeteristiLs
Initial
ddution
1-5000



1 10000-
1 100000
in 2 his


100 1
coefficient
cm" /sec
29 s 10'
2 Sx I"1
(isYrapel
(asciagcl




0002 x IOJ

Gmcral srud> i.u,rulu»ion»
Mixing and diffusion of wutc* ociur« rapidlx in the
wake of the Large So cxidffutr IP induatc .adveiw
ffffCIS
Disposal of toxiL wiNics u sea *.*n be ac..nmplished
with onl\ a slight cflcii nn organ sms in the hiomus
within a limited mrJim arc-
be a<.Lomplishcd vtuhnut >li.icrniinable -.ffct-is on
manne bioia L lutnaic disposal is ex(Us.tnl 10 be
aLLOfnplishedltx tuLtena Xdnsabk 10 monitor ea».h
separate load uf \%astr in determine toxicir> m
Uhnrator\
grc.it enough to ensure good dispersion to minimize
harmful effects to biota
Disposal should produce no significant mortal it) m
the biota nor an> prolonged eiiecu
disposal of dm uastr in the open ocean
Explosions caused b\ rejktinn of sodium with
sea water had no significant effects on targatsum and
zooplankion population*. Absence of fish kiln was
probably due lu barrenness ot disposal area
Consideration of available toxicitx and diffusion
data from literature sources indicate that Un zone of
water containing toxic concentrations of waste
surrounding each disposal drum will be limited in
extent and duration and will not endanger motile
aquatic life m the disposal area to a significant

-------
 dump.      The  rate of dilution is, in general, so high that, after 12
 hours,  it  is  impossible to detect analytically chemical differences between
 "contaminated"  and uncontaminated sea areas.  The toxic effects of waste
 acid discharged from  tank barges at sea are minimal;     the zooplankton
 from samples  in the immediate discharge zone were immobilized temporarily,
 but recovered rapidly in unpolluted water.  Chlorinated hydrocarbon wastes
 discharged in Gulf waters killed fish and plankton in direct contact with
 the undiluted waste.      In contrast, due to dilution, there was no effect
 observed on marine life at the surface two to four hours after discharge.
 The general ocean surface and upper level effects of chlorinated hydro-
 carbon  discharge range downward from the upper extreme noted above - fish
 and plankton  kill - through laboratory-study-detected inhibition of photo-
                         1783
 synthesis  and respiration     to total absence of observable effect.  The
 possible effects of the discharged chlorinated hydrocarbons at deeper
 levels, and on  the bottom, have not been determined.

     Smith and  Brown     report that unpierced barrels loaded with sodium
 sludge  (75 percent metallic sodium, 24 percent metallic calcium) have on
 two occasions been retrieved in the Gulf of Mexico by fishermen.  These
 barrels were  not pierced prior to dumping as prescribed, nor were they
 dumped  in  the prescribed area.  Pierced barrels of the sodium sludge
 exploded when dropped overboard, produced no significant effects on the
 nicrobiota, and, due  to the probable barrenness of the area, produced no
 visible fish  kill.

     The probable effects of deep-sea disposal  in  the Gulf of Mexico of
weighted steel drums,  designed to rupture on the sea floor, and  containing
herbicide and fungicide wastes (chloraniline,  aniline,  monochlorbenzene,
methanol, p-xylene,  theram,  theram-E,  Thionex,  Zmeb,  Ferbam, and carbon
disulfide)  were  studied on a theoretical  basis.0056   No field (at-sea)
confirmation  of the  study findings  -  that dilution  due  to  eddy diffusion
and chemical  degradation would reduce  concentrations  to below the  median
tolerance limits    --have been reported.   On  the  contrary, pesticides
at sublethal  dosages  have been shown  to reduce  the  size and strength  of
mollusk shells,  and  to reduce  growth  rate and  reproduction  activity  in
fish.0374
                                    65

-------
     The National Academy, of Sciences - National Research Council (NAS-NRC)
Committee of Oceanography, on the basis that the understanding of most of
the physical and biological processes in the ocean was too poor "to permit
precise predictions of the results of the introduction of a given quantity
of radioactive materials at a particular location in the sea,"     proposed
attacks upon several basic problem areas.  These were all oriented towards
the potential hazards associated with deep sea disposal of radioactive
wastes.  The most critical of these is the possibility of return of the
radioactivity to humans.  Second in criticality was marine organism damage
due to exposure to radioactive waste.  The two avenues cited     for occur-
rence of such damage are (1) transport of the radioactive wastes from the'
disposal sites to the coastal zone, and (2) uptake of the radioactive
                         ^
wastes by one or more of Ithe trophic levels in the marine biota, with pos*-
sible return to man via commercially important fish and shellfish.

     The NAS-NRC studies produced reports2612'2613'2614 which covered the
key factors to be considered in disposal of low level radioactive wastes
at sea—both containerized., and liquid wastes from vessels and outfalls—-
and the disposal sites selections.  Relatively little of the further re-
search recommended in the NAS-NRC reports to fill in the wide gaps in
factual data has been carried out.  As of 19690056 only 'three off-shore
sites employed for disposal of low-leve.l containerized radioactive wastes'
had been resurveyed for the Atomic Energy Commission.0056

     (1)  The site near the Farallon Islands, off San Francisco.
     (2)  The Santa Cruz basin site, west-of Los Angeles (70 miles)
     (3)  The site 130 miles east-southeast of Cape May, New Jersey.

The first two sites, based.on beta-gamma counting of sediment samples, had
no apparent radioactive waste leakage.  There were some indications in 1961,
based on similar counts, of possible leakage from the containers at the site
off Cape May.  There are no reports of further investigations.  As noted
earlier, low-level radioactivity liquids discharged from vessels and nuclear
facilities, if as per federal regulations and international  standards, have

                                    66

-------
not been recommended for termination; the ocean dumping of other radio-
active wastes was.
     The President's Council on Environmental Quality, in the report on
ocean-dumping     cited earlier, recommended termination of the disposal
of chemical warfare materiel and explosive munitions by dumping at sea.
As support for this recommendation, a Department of Defense calculation
was cited which indicated that the 1,000 tons of explosives detonated in
Deep Water Dump in the Pacific off Washington on September 4, 1970 was
capable of generating a shock wave that would "kill most marine animals
within 1 mile of the explosion and will probably kill those fish with swim
bladders out to 4 miles from the explosion."      It should be noted that,
of 15 explosive ordnance laden bulks scuttled, 12 detonated during
scuttling.0471

     President Nixon, in response to the above recommendation and the others
cited earlier, stated on October 7, 1970 that he would recommend legislation
to stop ocean dumping.  The Secretary of the Navy immediately placed a
moratorium on Deep Water Disposal (DWD) operations.      Subsequently, the
Chief of Naval Operations directed that an investigative program for con-
ventional explosives, be instituted to prepare a comprehensive environmental
condition report on representative past explosive ordnance DWD Sites;
develop criteria for selection of future DWD sites; and determine the
monitoring required at future DWD sites.      This program was started in
the late spring of 1971.  The representative sites selected were:  an area
off Cape Flattery in the Pacific, where five ships were sunk and exploded
in 8,400 ft of water and an area 175 miles southeast of Charleston where
one ship was sunk and did not explode, in 6,300 ft of water.      The pro-
gram will be completed early in 1972.  Results to date show no evidence of
cratering of the sea floor  in the Pacific.   "A substantial number of or-
ganisms typical to the general  region are apparently residing within the
debris  area."0471

-------
     There has been some fear that the ocean disposal  of  chemical warfare
munitions by techniques similar to those used in  CHASE involved  the
possibility that the explosive portions of the munitions  would detonate
after sinking, and release the chemical warfare agent.      In  this
context, the chemical warfare material encased in concrete vaults that
were disposed of in 7,000 ft of water by scuttling the laden bulks off.
New Jersey in 1967 and 1968 did not explode and rupture the vaults.
It was also stated that sea water, because of its alkalinity, will both
                                                          i     i 0353l
hydrolyze and dilute any chemical warfare aqent that is released.

                           3.   OPERATING DESIGN

     Deep sea disposal bulk transport systems vary from modern,  specialized
tank barges to obsolete hulks.0482  The majority of bulk liquid and
slurry hazardous wastes dumped at sea are transported in specially designed
tank barges, from  1000 to 5000 short  tons in capacity.  The tank barges
are of double-skinned bottom  construction, and must be certified for ocean
waters by the U.S. Coast Guard.  The  barge cargo  is under U.S.  Coast Guard
regulations covering  the bulk shipment of chemicals from the U.S.

     Industrial waste-laden barges are transported to the^industrial waste
disposal areas designated in  Figures  1,  2, and 3  for  the Pacific, Atlantic,
and Gulf of Mexico coasts, at off-shore  distances that depend upon  the type
of waste and  the  regulatory procedures.  Typical  distances  are,  for acid
wastes,  15 miles  from New York City;  for toxic chemical  wastes,  125 miles
 into the Atlantic; for  Gulf  of Mexico operations, 125 miles  from the coast
 (at the 2,400 ft depth line).  In the disposal  area,  typical barge  speeds
 from 3 to 6 knots are used;  typical  discharge is at 6 to 15 ft  submergence,
 at rates that vary between 4 and 20  tons per minute.       A characteristic
 prediction rate for chlorinated hydrocarbon concentration  in the disposal
 area is C = PumP™9 rate  where C is concentration  in parts per million
               U.Ubot
 (p.p.m.); pumping rate is in grams per centimeter and t is time in  minutes
               1783
 after pumping.

-------
                         LEGEND
                         E  EXPLOSIVES AND TOXIC CHEMICAL AMMUNITION
                            EXPLOSIVES AND TOXIC CHEMICAL AMMUNITION,
                            INACTIVE SITE
                         I   INDUSTRIAL WASTE
                         R  RADIOACTIVE WASTE
/
                              SANDIEGO-
     Figure  1.   Pacific Coast Disposal  Areas0056
                             69

-------
 LEGEND
 E  EXPLOSIVES AND TOXIC CHEMICAL AMMUNITION    /  ME
(E) EXPLOSIVES AND TOXIC CHEMICAL AMMUNITION,
   INACTIVE SITE
 I  INDUSTRIAL WASTE
 R  RADIOACTIVE WASTE                          \VT'.
                                          BOSTON.
                                        N.Y.W
                                    NEW YORK
                              PHILADELPHIA

                              BALTIMORE
             Figure 2.  Atlantic Coast Disposal Areas

                               70
                                                .0056

-------
                                     LEGEND
                                     E  EXPLOSIVES AND TOXIC CHEMICAL AMMUNITION
                                    ©  EXPLOSIVES AND TOXIC CHEMICAL AMMUNITION,
                                        INACTIVE SITE
                                     I  INDUSTRIAL WASTE
                                     R  RADIOACTIVE WASTE
                                                ALA.
TEXAS
HOUSTON
                                                                  ST. PETERSBURG
             Figure  3.    Gulf  of Mexico  Disposal Areas
                                                          0056

-------
     The last practice employed in deep water disposal of obsolete explosive
and chemical warfare ordnance was that of the U.S. Navy CHASE (Cut Holes And
Sink 'Em) disposal program. The Navy, which handled deep water dumping of
munitions for all of the services, obtained merchant hulks for this purpose
from the U.S. Maritime Administration Reserve of surplus World War II merchant-
men.  The ship was stripped of anything readily removable or loose.  The fuel
tanks were cleaned to eliminate oil contamination and scuttling valves were
installed to allow water to eoter the ship.  To permit the water to spread
evenly, soft patches were installed in the bulkheads between the holds.  The
material for dumping was made negatively buoyant  (bulk density higher than
sea water), to prevent it from floating to the surface, and loaded into the
bulk at one of two Naval Depots (Earle, New Jersey, or the former Naval
Ammunition Deppt  at Bangor, Washington.

     After the operation had been cleared with all responsible authorities,
the munition-laden hulk was towed to the selected dumping site under naval
escort, and scuttled.  The selected sites have been at least 10 miles from
any shore, and in waters at least 3,000 ft deep.  The majority of sites
employed before the moratorium on DWD were at sea depths in excess of 6,000
ft.0056  Of the 15 explosive Jaden hulks scuttled, four were detonated
deliberately (two at  1,000 ft depth, two at 4,000 ft  depth)0374 and eight
detonated unintentionally.    '

     Low level radioactive wastes have  in the past been encased in concrete
contained in 55-gal.-steel drums, which were required by AEC regulations to
be  of  a minimum  gross weight of 550  Ib, to ensure sinking.  Another  packaging
technique has  been  to encase 55-gal.-drums,  loaded with  liquid low level
radioactive wastes, in  a  concrete  block.   The concrete  packages wastes were
then taken  to  designated  disposal  sites, and dropped  overboard.   Most'of
the wastes  disposed of  in  the  Pacific were dumped at  two  sites.   Disposal
 in  the Atlantic,  with one  exception,  has been at depths  greater than 6,000
 ft. The exception  (in  the area  of Massachusetts Bay, about 12 to 15 miles
 offshore) was  in 300  ft of water.0374

-------
      Low level  radioactive  liquid wastes,  resulting from  the operation of
 U.S.  Navy nuclear  submarines,  are discharged at  sea in accordance with
 regulations  on  depth  and  rate  of pumping.  As of 1970, one commercial
 organization, two  government agencies,  and one university were the only
 entities authorized to  dispose of radioactive wastes  in the ocean.

      Containerized toxic  industrial wastes, as noted  earlier, are dumped at
 sea  after transport as  deck cargo on either merchant  vessels or contract
 disposal vessels.  The  individual containers are either ruptured at the
 surface, or  weighted  for  sinking.  These is no single "operating design"
 or operating practice that  covers the wide variety of materials thus
 disposed of.

                                4.  ECONOMICS

      The average cost for ocean disposal of all  types of wastes in 1968
 (Table 3) was slightly  over $0.60 per ton.0056   The 1968 average cost for
 disposal  of  bulk industrial wastes was  $1.70 per ton.   Average ocean dis-
 posal costs  for explosives  in  1968 were $15 per  ton.   Since the quantity of
 containerized low-leve-1  radioactive wastes dumped at sea in 1968 was zero,
 and only 4.2 tons  per year  were dumped  in 1969 and 1970, costs were not
 calculated for this category.   The ocean disposal costs  cited for industrial
wastes and miscellaneous wastes represent transportation and dumping costs
only, and do not include other costs incurred for treatment, storage and
 loading  of the wastes.  The costs reported for explosives  include hull
preparation, towing and loading costs,  and are given  as  dollars per ton of
total waste cargo.

     The  costs  for ocean dumping of industrial  wastes  are  significantly
 lower than those of other disposal  techniques  currently  employed.   The costs
of minimum environmental impact disposal techniques  for  the bulk  industrial
wastes are very much  higher than the costs  of ocean  dumping.   As  an  example,
material   (lime)  costs  for neutralization of the waste  acid from Ti02  pigment
manufacture are estimated at roughly $1.00  per ton; operating costs  and

                                     73

-------
                                                       TABLE  3.

                           1968 COSTS PER TON  FOR MARINE  DISPOSAL OF HAZARDOUS WASTES

                                      IN  THE UNITED  STATES COASTAL WATERS0056
Type
of
Waste
Industrial Wastes
Bulk
Containerized
Explosives
Miscellaneous*
Total United States
Average Cost

$1.707 ton
$24/ton
$157 ton
$15/ton
Reported Range

$0.60-9. 507 ton
$5- 130/ ton
$15-90/ton
$5-600/ton
Pacific Coast
Average Cost

$1.007 ton
$53/ton
-
$157 ton
Reported Range

$0.60-9. 507 ton
$50- 1307 ton
-
$5-6007 ton
Atlantic Coast
Average Cost

$1 .80/ton
$7.73/ton
-
"
Reported Range

$n.60-7.007ton
$5-17/ton
-
"
Gulf Coast •
Average Cost

$2. 307 ton
$28/ton
-
"
Reported Range

$0.75-3. 507 ton
$10-407 ton
-
'
Note:  Although Reference 0056 quotes costs as "on the basis of  the weight of  the volume of water In which the wastes were
      contained", marine costs are generally quoted on the basis of the weight of the volume of water  displaced.   It .Is
      believed that the costs cited 1n this table are so based.
 Includes barreled chemicals and sludges

-------
equipment amortization would add at least an equal  amount,  and  land  burial
with its attendant costs would still be required for the solid  calcium
sulfate-iron hydrate produced as a product of neutralization, after  recovery
by lagooning or filtration.

     In general, the predominant factors which have given rise  to ocean
disposal of hazardous wastes have been economic - avoidance of  capital out-
lay, and/or a cheaper operating cost than the costs of other techniques.
This economic incentive will be increased as federal and local  regulations
increase the requirements for the use of minimum impact disposal  techniques,
with their attendant higher costs.  Few of the hazardous waste  materials
currently disposed of by ocean dumping present an economically  attractive
recycle or by-product recovery picture.  Recycling and reprocessing of
"waste add" (generally, waste sul f uric acid) which constituted 58 percent
of the bulk industrial wastes dumped at sea, has been the. objective of
many economically fruitless steel and pigment company research  and develop-
ment projects.  In fact, the major reason for the changeover from sulfuric
add to hydrochloric acid  as the preferred material for pickling of steel
was the virtual impossibility of economic recycle via regeneration of the
spent sul f uric  add.

                         5.  PROCESS APPLICATIONS

     The 11st of hazardous waste materials dumped in the ocean  is almost
endless.  The broad classes of hazardous waste materials have been categorized
as follows:0056    Industrial wastes; obsolete, surplus, and nonserviceable
conventional explosive ordnance and chemical warfare material;  radioactive
wastes; miscellaneous hazardous wastes.  The major types of Industrial
waste dumped at sea which  are considered hazardous are:  Spent adds; refinery
wastes; pesticide wastes;  and "chemical wastes."  Other, lower hazard Industrial
waste types disposed of  at sea  are:  Pulp and paper mill wastes; oil drilling
wastes; and waste oil.   Conventional explosive ordnance and chemical warfare
material which  has received deep water  disposal  Includes nonserviceable or
obsolete shells, mines,  solid rocket fuels,  propellents, small arms ammunition,
rockets, pyrotechnics,  and mines and rockets  containing HS, GB and VX lethal

                                     75

-------
chemical warfare agents.  ' The "miscellaneous waste"  category  covers,  for the
most part, materials disposed of in small  lots,  without sanction  by any
regulatory authority.  Hazardous wastes covered  under this  catch-all  heading
include pesticides' and complex chemical solutions.

     There were 4.7 million tons of all types  (hazardous and  nonrhazardous,
bulk and containerized) of industrial waste dumped at sea in  1968 (Tabled).
Conventional and chemical-warfare munitions subjected to ocean disposal  in
1968 totaled 15,200 tons.  No containerized radioactive materials were
ocean dumped in 1968 (average for 1969-1970 was  4.2 tons per year).   "Mis-
celaneous" wastes amounted in 1968 to an estimated 200 tons.

     The hazardous industrial-wastes which consitiute by far the largest
class of hazardous waste'materials dumped at sea are waste products of
pigment processing, steel production, petroleum refining, petrochemicals
manufacture, insecticideAherbicide-fungicide.manufacture, chemical manu-
facture, and metal finishing-cleaning-plating processes, amongst many
others.  Some of the specific hazardous1 industrial wastes dumped at s'ea:are:

                                Spent Acids

     Sulfuric acid  is  used in large  quantities  by the  steel mills to  pickle
(remove surface rust and mill scale  from) steel stock  (rod, bar, sheet,
plate,  and  the  like) prior to fabrication or other manufacturing'processes.
The acid  ("pickle liq-uor") is usually  removed from  further process-use when
between one-half and two-thirds of the  free acid has  been converted  to fer-
rous sulfate by reaction with the  steel and iron oxides.  The spent  acid
sent to disposal contains up to 7  percent  free  H2S04  and up to 30 percent
FeS04.    -.

     In some steel plants, hydrochloric acid is used for all  or part of the
picklinq, and the spent-acid wastes  contain free hydrochloric  acid and
ferrous chloride instead of, or in  addition to, the sulfuric acid and ferrous
sulfate resulting from the use  of  sulfuric acid for pickling.

-------
                                           TABLE  4.
                     SUMMARY  OF QUANTITIES OF HAZARDOUS  WASTES  DISPOSED  OF
                            IN  UNITED STATES  COAST WATERS  -  19680056

Waste Type
Industrial Wastes
Bulk
Containerized
Munitions
Radioactive Wastes
Miscellaneous*
Total, All
"Hazardous" Wastes1"
Pacific Coast
Annual Tonnage
981,300
981 ,000
300
—
—
200

981 ,500
Atlantic Coast
Annual Tonnage
3,013,200
3,011,000
2,200
15,200
—
—

3,028,400
Gulf Coast
Annual Tonnage
696,000
690,000
6,000
--
—
—

696,000
Total
«
Annual Tonnage
4,690,500
4,682,000
8,500
15,200
—
200

4,705,900
*Rough Estimate

'Includes all  categories  of industrial  wastes  dumped at sea

-------
     Sulfuric acid is also used in large quantities by titanium pigment
plants, which digest the ore (whose principle impurity is iron), with H2S04-
The process, wastes are in the form of a liquor which contains 7 to 9 percent
free H2Sp4> 8-to 10 percent FeS04, and-a mud-slurry with 15 to 20 percent
inert solids.
                i
     Spent acid.wastes dumpedjat sea comprise 58 percent of all industrial
wastes so disposed, of, or about 2,700,000, tons.0056

                               Refinery. Wastes

     Petroleum  processing operations produced about 12 percent  (about-'560,000,
tons)0056 of the  total industrial wastes  dumped in the ocean  in 1968.  Re-
finery wastes include spent  caustic soda  solutions, sulfuric  acid sludges,
dilute process  water solutions, spent  catalysts, waste petrochemicals, and
chemical  cleaning wastes.  The solid wastes  (spent catalysts  and sludges)
are  frequently  slu.rried  with the .liquid, wastes prior  to  shipment to sea  for
disposal.  Varying amounts of-sulfides, phenolates, naptheriates, cyanides,
heavy metals, mercaptides  and.-chlorinated or brominated  hydrocarbons are
among the hazardous  minor contaminants of the -refinery wastes.

                               Chemical Wastes

     A wide  variety of waste chemicals dumped at  sea  is  produced, by chemical
manufacturing,  chemical  laboratory,  metal cleaningr.f-i-n.ishing-electrbp'?.attng,
.and  other industrial operations.   These include mercury  and arsenic compounds",
chlorinated  hydrocarbons, alkalies,  anilines, cyanides  and other highly  toxic
substances.   There is  no valid estimate of  the .tonnage  of these wastes for
 1968.

                              Pesticide Wastes

      Pesticide  (insecticide, herbicide, and fungicide)  manufacturing oper-
 ations produced about 7 percent (290,000 tons) of the total industrial
                                         78

-------
wastes disposed of at sea in 1968.  Of this amount, about 170,000 tons
were barged down the Mississippi from the Memphis/upriver area and dumped
100 miles offshore from Beaumont, Texas into 1,200 ft of water.

                           6.  RECOMMENDATIONS

     It is believed that the recommendations of the President's Council on
Environmental Quality should be reconsidered in the following specific areas
after the prerequisite research has been performed:
     (1)  Termination of the ocean dumping of explosive munitions
     (2)  Phase-out cf ocean dumping of spent sulfuric and/or hydrochloric
          acid wastes from steel pickling, and from titanium pigment
          manufacture

     On the basis of data presented by Captain Reed?    the dumping in the
ocean of conventional explosive munition at selected, pre-designated charted
sites where depths are in excess of 6,000 ft presents no apparent hazard if
the munitions are not detonated, and a minimal impact where the munitions
detonate at the lower depths.  Similarly, the evidence presented by Smith
and Brown0056 if verified by additional laboratory and field test findings
in the Atlantic, indicates a minimal acceptable impact on the ecosphere if
proper current practice is followed for acid unloading at prescribed depths
and rates while underway at usual tow speeds in designated deep sea disposal
areas.  Further research with these specific wastes and with other selected
materials is necessary to determine the necessary  additional information on
the effects of the selected materials on the ocean environment.  Additionally,
the effects of the ocean environment on the wastes to be dumped must also
be determined to ensure that toxic materials are not formed as the result
of reaction and interaction.  Finally, research is necessary to develop
waste forms stabilized to ensure compatibility with the ocean environment
on both short and long term bases.

-------
                             7.  REFERENCES


0055. Gunnerson, C. G., D. D.  Smith, and R. P.  Brown.   An apprals.al  of
        marine disposal of solid wastes off the west coast:   a preliminary
        review and results of a survey..  15th Annual Meeting, Institute of
        Environmental Sciences, Anaheim, California, Apr. 23, 1969.

0056. Smith, D. D., and R. P.  Brown.  Ocean disposal of barge-delivered
        liquid and solid wastes from U. S. coastal cities.  (Dlllingham
        Corporation, La Jol.la, Cal.ifornia).  Contract No. PH 86-68-203,
        U. S. Environmental, Protection Agency, Solid Waste Management
        Office, 1971.

0057. Smith D. D., and R. P: Brown.  Deep sea disposal of liquid and solid
        wastes.   Industrial. Water Engineering, Environmental-Protection
        Agency, Sept. 1970.

0353. Ocean disposal of unserviceable chemical munitions.  Hearings,
        Subcommittee on Oceanography, Committee on Merchant Marine and
        Fisheries, House of| Representatives, 91st Congress, Aug. 1970.
        Serial No. 91-31.

0374. Ocean dumping; a national policy.  Council on Environmental Quality,
        Report to the President, Oct. 1970.  45 p.

0471. Reed, Jr.,  W.  F., Captain, U.S.N.  Assessment of the environmental
        effects of past deep water dumping operations.  Thirteenth Annual
        Explosives Safety Seminar, Minutes, Armed Forces Explosives Safety
        Board, San Diego, California, Sept. 1971.  257 p.

0582. Witt, Jr.,  P.  A.  Disposal of solid wastes.  Chemical Engineering.
        78(22):62-78, Oct. 4,  1971.
           •• »
0857. Dumping of  waste material.  Hearings, Subcommittee On Fisheries  and
        Wildlife  Conservation, Committee on Merchant Marine and  Fisheries,
        House of  Representatives, 91st  Congress, July 27, 28, Sept. 30,  1970.
        Serial No. 91-39.

1783. Hood,  D. W., B.  Stevenson, and L. M. Jeffrey.  Deep sea disposal of
        industrial wastes.  Industrial  and Engineering Chemistry, 50(6);
        .885-888,  June  1958;

2612. National  Research Council  Committee  on Oceanography.   Radioactive
        waste  disposal Into Atlantic and  Gulf  coastal waters; a  report
        from a working group  of  the Committee  on  Oceanography of the
        National  Academy  of Sciences -  National Research Council.   National
        Research  Council  Publication  No.  655, Washington,  National Academy
        of Sciences, 1959.

-------
                         REFERENCES (CONTINUED)


2613. National Academy of Sciences Committee on Effects of Atomic Radiation
        on Oceanography and Fisheries.  Considerations of the disposal of
        radioactive wastes from nuclear-powered ships into the marine
        environment.  National Research Council Publication 568, Washington,
        National Academy of Sciences-National Research Council, 1959.  52 p.

2614. National Research Council Committee on Oceanography.  Disposal of
        low-level radioactive waste into Pacific coastal waters.  National
        Research Council Publication 985, Washington, National Academy
        of Sciences - National Research Council, 1962.  87 p.
                                    81

-------
                              INCINERATION

                           1.   INTRODUCTION

     The purpose of this process evaluation is to discuss  the various  types
of incineration processes and their applicability to the 'disposal  of waste
materials.  The report format will be to initially discuss the variables
effecting waste combustion such as waste combustibility and combustion
temperature, time, and turbulence.  A discussion of the variables affecting
proper incineration selection such as waste toxicity, disposal rates,
corrosiveness, secondary abatement requirements, steam plume generation
and waste form will then follow.  The remainder of the report will present
the particulars on the individual processing units.
                       /
                            j
    Incineration is a controlled  process that uses combustion to convert
a waste to a less bulky, less toxic, or less noxious material.  The
principal products of incineration from a volume standpoint are carbon
dioxide,  water  and ash while  the  products of primary concern,due to their
environmental effects are  compounds  containing sulfur, nitrogen and halogens.
When  the  combustion products  from an incineration  process contain undesirable
compounds, a secondary treatment  such as afterburning, scrubbing or filtration
is  required to  lower  concentrations  to acceptable  levels  prior to atmospheric
release.  The  solid and  liquid  effluents from the  secondary  treatment processes
will  occasionally  require  treatment  prior  to  ultimate  disposal.

                Variables Effecting Proper Waste Combustion

     Incinerators  are  generally  classified  by  the  form  of  waste that
they  burn—gas, liquid or solid.   However, most  incinerator systems,
regardless  of waste  type,  contain four  basic  components;  namely,  a  waste
storage facility,  a  burner and combustion  chamber, an  effluent purification
 device when warranted,  and a vent or stack.   It is the oxidation which
 occurs in the combustion chamber of the system which is of primary  importance
 for proper hazardous  waste disposal.  It is here that  the feed waste  is
 converted to a less  hazardous compound  and that secondary pollutants  which

                                   83     Preceding page  blank

-------
must be removed by further treatment are formed.   The variables  which have
the greatest effect on the completion of the oxidation of the wastes are
waste combustibility, dwell time in the combustor, flame temperature, and
the turbulence present in the reaction zone of the incinerator.

     Waste  Combustibility.   Combustibility  is a measure of the ease  at
which  a material  can  be  oxidize'd in  a  combustion  environment.  A materials
combustibility is'characterized by  its  upper  and  lower  flammability  limits,
its  flash  point,  ignition temperature  and  autoignition  temperature.   In
general materials with a low fl-ammability  limit,  low flash point,  and low
ignition  and autoignition temperatures  may be combusted in a less  severe
oxidation  environment (lower temperature and  less excess  oxygen) than those
-materials  with a high flammability limit,  high  flash point and  high igni-
 tion and  autoignition temperatures.   The flash  point and upper  and lower
 flammability limits of some of the pure compounds found on the  hazardous
waste listing are presented (Table I).1456  The autoignition temperature
 of some of the common organic compounds are also presented  (Table  2).

      Combustion Temperature.  Of the "three T's" of good combustion, time,
 temperature and turbulence, only the temperature may be readily controlled
 after the incinerator unit is constructed.  This can be done by varying
 the air/fuel  ratio.  If  solid carbonaceous waste is to be burned without
 smoke, a minimum  temperature of 1,400  F must be maintained  in the combustion
 chamber.   Upper  temperature limits  in  the  incinerator are dictated  by the
 refractory materials available.  Whenever  a  temperature of  2,400  F  is
 exceeded, special  refractories are  required.  A  design range of 1,800 to
 2,000  F is  usually desirable, unless  thermodynamic  equilibrium consider-
 ations dictate "some  other temperature  requirement.   The  rates of  most
 combustion  reactions increase  rapidly with increases in  temperature, while
 a few peak  at relatively low values.   The latter are rare but must not  be
                                           0304
 overlooked when unusual  fuels  are burned.
                                         84

-------
                  TABLE 1
COMBUSTIBILITY CHARACTERISTICS  OF  PURE  GASES
         AND VAPORS  IN AIR1456

•i
Gas or Vapor
Acetal dehyde
Acetone
Acetylene
Allyl alcohol
Ammonia
Amyl acetate
Amylene
Benzene (benzol )
Benzyl chloride
Butane
Butyl acetate
Butyl alcohol
' Butyl cellosolve
Carbon disulfide
Carbon monoxide
Chlorobenzene
Cottonseed oil
Cresol m or p
Crotonal dehyde
Cyclohexane
Cyclohexanone
Cycl opropane
Cymene
Di chlorobenzene
Dichloroethylene (1,2)
Diethyl selenide
Dimethyl formamide
Dioxane
Ethane
Ether (diethyl)
Ethyl acetate
Ethyl alcohol
Ethyl bromide
Ethyl cellosolve
Ethyl chloride
Ethyl ether
Ethyl lactate
Ethyl ene
Ethylene di chloride
Ethyl formate
Ethyl nitrite
Ethylene oxide
Furfural
Lower
Limit
Percent
by
Volume
4.0
2.5
2.5
2.5
15.5
1.0
1.6
1.3
1.1
1.8
1.4
1.7
-
1.2
12.5
1.3
-
1.1
2.1
1.3
1.1
2.4
0.7
2.2
9.7 •
2.5
2.2
2.0
3.1
1.8
2.2
3.3
6.7
2.6 -
4.0
1.9
1.5
2.7
6.2
2.7
3.0
3.0
2.1
Upper
Limit
Percent
by
Vol ume
57
12.8
BO
-
26.6
7.5
7.7
6.8
-
8.4
15.0
-
-
50
74.2
7.1
-
-
15.5
8.4
-
10.5
-
9.2
12.8
-
-
22.2
12.5
36.5
11.5
19.0
11.3
15.7
14.8
48
-
28.6
15.9
16.5
50
80
-
Closed
Cup
Flash
Point
Fahrenheit
- 17
0
-
70
_
77
-
12
140
_
84
-
141
- 22
_
90
486
202
55
1
111
-
117
151
57
57
136
54
_
- 49
28
54
-
104
- 58
- 49
115
-
56
- 4
- 31
-
140
                  85

-------
                  TABLE 1
COMBUSTIBILITY CHARACTERISTICS OF PURE GASES
      AND VAPORS IN AIR1456 - CONTINUED
Gas or Vapor
Gasoline (variable)
Heptane
Hexane
Hydrogen cyanide
Hydrogen
Hydrogen sulfide
Illuminating gas (coal gas)
Isobutyl alcohol
Isopentane
Isopropyl acetate
Isopropyl alcohol
Kerosene •
Linseed oil
Methane
Methyl acetate
Methyl alcohol
Methyl bromide
Methyl butyl ketone
Methyl chloride
Methyl cyclohexane
Methyl ether
Methyl ethyl ether
Methyl ethyl ketone
Methyl formate
Methyl propyl ketone
Mineral spirits #10
Naphthalene
Nitrobenzene
Nitroe thane
Nitrome thane
Nonane .
Octane -
Paraldehyde
Paraffin oil
Pentane
Propane
Propyl acetate
Propyl alcohol
Propylene
Propyl ene di chloride
Propylene oxide
Pyridine:
Rosin oil
Lower
Limit
Percent
by
Volume
1.4 - 1.5
1.0
1.2
5.6
4.0
4.3
5.3
1.7
1.3
1.8
2.0
0.7
-
5.0
3.1
6.7
13.5
1.2
8.2
1.1
3.4
2.0
1.8
5.0
1.5
0.8
0.9
1.8
4.0
7.3
0.83
0.95
1.3
-
1.4
2.1
1.8
2.1
2.0
3.4
2.0
1.8
-
Upper
Limit
Percent
by
Vol ume
7.4 - 7.6
6.0
6.9
40.0
74.2
45.5
33.0
-
-
7.8
-
5
-
15.0
15.5
36.5
14.5
8.0
18.7
-
18
10.1
9.5
22.7
8.2
-
-
-
-
-
2.9
3.2
-
-
7.8
10.1
8.0
13.5
11.1
14.5
22.0
12.4
-
Closed
Cup
Flash
Point
Fahrenheit
- 50
25
- 15
-
-
-
-
82
-
43
53
100
432
-
14
52
-
-
-
25
-
- 35
30
- 2
-
104
176
190
87
95
88
•56
-
444
-
-
58
59
- '•
60
—
74
266

-------
                    TABLE 1
COMBUSTIBILITY CHARACTERISTICS OF PURE GASES
      AND VAPORS IN AIR1456 - CONTINUED
Gas or Vapor
Toluene (toluol)
Turpentine
Vinyl ether
Vinyl chloride
Water gas (variable)
Xylene (xylol)
Lower
Limit
Percent
by
Volume
1.3
0.8
1.7
4.0
6.0
1.0
Upper
Limit
Percent
by
Volume
7.0
27.0
21.7
70
6.0
Closed
Cup
Flash
Point
Fahrenheit
40
95
63

-------
  There are four basic methods  of controlling  the  combustion  temperature:

 (1)  Excess air control.   The  adiabatic flame temperature  is a  function
      of both the type of  fuel  and the amount  of air  (oxygen) used.   For
      example, the adiabatic combustion temperatures* of  a  cellulose  waste
      that occur with variations  in the amount of  excess  air  very  dramatically
      (Figure 1), clearly  indicating the importance of maintaining the
      proper air/fuel ratio when  the maintenance of a specific temperature
      is required.  Control  is  obtained through automatically controlled
      or strenuously supervised operation.   The designer  can  provide
      limiting orifices, nozzles, or pumps  to  prevent overfirinq during
      continuous feeding of liquids and gases.   For liquid  fuels the
      problem is aggravated as  the volatility  of the  fuel increases.   If
      an incinerator is fed with  discrete amounts  at  intervals,  the hourly
      sum of these amounts must not exceed  the rated  capacity, and the
      intervals between feeding must be regulated.  The greater  the
      volatility of the waste,  the smaller  these discrete amounts  must
      be and the more frequent  the feed intervals.  To illustrate, one
      may toss a teaspoon  of gasoline every minute on the backyard grill
      without creating havoc, but a pint of gasoline  tossed at once can
      have disastrous effects.  All too often, this simple  fact  is over-
      looked in incinerator operation.0304

 (2)  Radiant heat transfer. Most combustion  processes exist for  the
      purpose of heat transfer,however, this is not usually the  case
      for incinerators.  Some large municipal  waste incinerators use
      heat transfer surface as  a  means to control  temperature and  this
      design practice is  growing  although it is seldom economically
      feasible for industrial incinerators.  It should be considred,
      however, when economics might make it attractive.  Radiation
      to the sky is feasible, and several designs  are capable of
      doing this,  wiiere either heat transfer  surface or  radiation
      to the sky is used,  surface area  relationships liable  3)  can
      be used to estimate  the combustion temperature.  U4


(3)   Two-stage combustion.  When the combustion is divided into two
      distinct steps and the first stage is supplied  with a deficiency
      of air, the first stage can act as a  gasifier for certain  fuels
      while burning incompletely  at reduced temperatures.  A  second
      stage is necessary to burn  the combustible products produced
      in the first stage,  and its temperature  must be limited by
      either the first method discussed (excess air control)  or  by
      heat transfer.  Incinerators of this  type must  be carefully
      engineered to assure proper ignition  and complete burning  in
      the second stage.  Additionally, feed rates  must be carefully
 In practice, the actual  temperatures will  be less  because of
 thermal  conduction losses through the furnace walls,  thermal
 radiation to cold surfaces and possible incomplete combustion
 of the waste.
                                        89

-------
3200
3000
2800
2600
2400
2200^0'
            CELLULOSE

    ADIABATIC TEMPERATURE VARIATION WITH
              AIR SUPPLY

    CURVES ARE THEORETICAL FOR CELLULOSE
    AND WILL BE LOWERED BY HEAT LOSSES
    IN PRACTICE
2000
 1800
 1600
 1400
 1200
                         \

          x
          u
 10001
   -40
+40    +80    +120   +160
          EXCESS AIR %
+200   +240   +280
        Figure 1.  Adiabatic Temperature o
                  Fuel Versus Excess Air.
                          Cellulose
                        90

-------
                                  TABLE 3

                   FURNACE TEMPERATURE VERSUS FIRING RATE0304
* r.--c K-ifiT furnace Ttmperottire ( AQT
Fraction Biu/l.r
Cold (f/'ft KI //
0 Any
10,000
10 4U.OOO
80,000
120.0J3
10,000
20 40,000
so.rioo
120,000
10,000
>0 40,OOCi
80,000
120,000
10,000
40 40,0'JU
80,000
123,000
10,000
50 40,000
80,000
120,000
10,000
60 40,000
sn.noo
i:>o,fii>n
1 0,000
8.'l 10.0-')')
&0.f/ )
I20.!WI
10 fill '
100 'It)/ '•>
8'. !."•..)

0%
LxctfS Air
?6V7
:o2i
2680
299?
3137
1709
2349
2680
2866
J518
2156
?-!87
?6SO
1422
20? 1
2349
2544
1336
1918
2243
2437
12(,S
1836
2156
23-19
1165
1709
20?. 1
2212
io;-y
1613
1918
2106
50%
Excess Air
279D
1839
2.v"3
2482
2563
1587
2083
2303
2413
1442
19-42
?178
2303
1342
1839
20S3
2216
1266
175S
200-1
2144
1206
1C9I
194?
208',
1114
1587
1SV)
198-J-
KU5
1507
175S
1904
700%
Excess Air
2230
1668
1984
2083
2124
1470
1844
1984
2047
1350
1745
1907
1984
1265
1668
1844
1930
1199
1606
1791
1884
1146
1554
1745
1844
1064
1470
166S
177S
1001
1-104
1606
1717
*- Fraction Cold is the ratio of the surface of the furnace enclosure
   that receives heat divided by the total furnace surface.

f- Firing Rate is the ratio of the heat release in Btu/hr divided by the
   sum of all enclosing surfaces.

+- Table is theoretical for conditions given and is computed with No. 6
   fuel oil.

                                    91

-------
         controlled since a decrease in the waste feed rate without a
         corresponding decrease in the air feed rate would result in
         the first stage progressively moving toward complete.combustion
         with progressively higher comDustion temperatures.

     (4) Direct heat transfer.   When heat-absorbing materials or other
         fuels are added to the waste fuel the temperature of combustion
         can be controlled.  The most common method of achieving lower
         temperatures is to add water to the fuel since each pound of
         water added absorbs approximately 1000 Btu for evaporation and
         1/2 Btu for every degree F of temperature rise as sensible heat
         content.   The water may be added with the fuel or sprayed into
         the combustion zone if carefully controlled to avoid quenching
         the fire or damaging the refractory.  Temperature "layn^fiJ'11-
         creased by burning other fuels with the waste stream.

      Recommended minimum  temperature requirements for complete combustion
 of those candidate waste  stre'am constituents applicable to incineration and
 requiring National Disposal Site treatment  are presented  in  the profile

 reports discussing the individual constituents.


      Combustion Zone Turbulen'ce.  The degree of turbulence (intimate mixing)
 of the air for oxidation with the waste fuel will affect the -incinerator
 performance significantly.  In general, either mechanical or aerodynamic
 means are utilized to achieve1 the intimate scrubbing and mixing of the air
 and fuel.   The completeness of combustion and the time required for complete
 combustion are significantly affected by the amount and the effectiveness of
 the flame turbulence.  There is no accepted parameter that will qua'riti-ta-
 tively define an amount of turbulence, therefore it is judged by the com-

 bustion results that are  produced.

      Turbulence may be created in the combustion zone mechanically and

aerodynamically.  Turbulence c'an be induced mechanically through the use
of fixed and moving grates, rotary kilns, mechanical pokers and hand pokers.

There are two design factors which must be considered before applying
mechanical  turbulence producers.  First, they depend principally upon natural
factors to clear away gaseous combustion products and bring in fresh oxygen.
The primary function of mechanical turbulence producers is the removal of

noncombustible coverings (ash) to expose unburned material.  Second, if
mechanical  devices are metal, they must be protected from elevated combustion
temperatures.  This protective cooling can usually be achieved by circulating
               *                        0304
either  air or water through the device.

                                         92

-------
      Aerodynamic turbulence can be defined as; the creation of turbulence
by gases in motion.  High velocity jets of forced air can create a degree
of turbulence that approaches perfection.  The turbulence may be produced
with convergent nozzles using air or steam, or it may be produced by air
registers.  Air registers are vane arrangements, usually circular, that
surround a fuel injection nozzle.  They serve as multiple nozzles both to
increase the incoming air velocity and to create a forced vortex around the
fuel nozzle.  It should be pointed out that for fixed nozzle and vanes, and
sometimes for variable ones, the degree of turbulence is almost always at
its maximum with the maximum air flow.  For this reason best results are
often obtained if the incinerator is fired at its maximum rating.  Shorter
firing periods at maximum rate may produce better results than continued
operation at low firing rates.

      Another form of aerodynamic turbulence is achieved in the fluidized
bed. Air is forced vertically through a bed of solids (usually cylindrical)
at a rate that expands the bed without excessive solids carry-over.  If the
bed container is lined with refractory and the bed material is: (1) uniform
 and  (2)  does  not fuse  at the  operating  temperatures, excellent turbulence
is created.  Uniformity  can be helped by utilizing a permanent bed of  sand.
By injecting new material at  the rate of consumption, the bed  is held  level
and the air-flow resistance held constant.  Since solid fuels without
appreciable ash  (coke) can be added,  the fluidized bed has  found some
application with waste solids that require auxiliary fuel.0304

      Residence  Time in the Combustion Zone.  The third major  requirement
  for good combustion is time.  Sufficient time must  be provided to the com-
  bustion process to allow slow-burning particles or  droplets to completely
  burn before they  are chilled by contact with cold surfaces or the atmosphere.
  The amount of time required  depends  on  the temperature-, fuel  size and degree
  of turbulence achieved.  Although it is customary to specify  certain  furnace
  volumes for heat  releases in an attempt to obtain proper combustion times,
  this method is  now generally recognized as inadequate.  In the absence of
  specific data,  combustion chambers with heat  releases of 20,000 to 60,000
  Btu/cu  ft-hr  are  common.  These values  are very conservative  for  high per-
                                    93

-------
fonnance burners, and the use of small  compact incinerators  means  lower
investment and lower maintenance.   The evaluation of the factor of time can
be made only by tests of individual burners and furnaces.  Important infor-
mation on this subject can be obtained directly from burner manufacturers.
When slow-burning items are present, such as carbon particles or carbon
monoxide, additional chambers (secondary combustion chambers) may be needed
                                      0304
to allow time for complete combustion.

     Recommended minimum residence time requirements for complete combustion
of those candidate waste stream constituents applicable to incineration and
requiring National Disposal  Site treatment are presented in the profile
reports  discussing those individual constituents.

                       Incinerator System Selection

       In order to determine  the proper type of incinerator system (i.e.,
storage  facility, incinerator, and effluent purification equipment) for
use  in a particular waste disposal situation, certain basic information
about  the waste  material must? be known  (Table 4.).

       waste  Toxicity.  The toxicity of the waste material and its combustion
  products dictates the safety procedures,  safety equipment  and monitoring
  equipment  required  for  personnel  safety.   For instance, an extremely  toxic
  material might  require  remote  operation  of all  processing  units  and the
  wearing of protective clothing, masks  and self-contained breathing appara-
  tuses by all operators  in  the  vicinity of the  incineration unit.   Equipment
  to monitor combustion temperature and/or effluent compound concentration
  might be utilized in series with  feed regulating equipment to ensure  total
  combustion of the toxic material.  The overall  ability of the disposal
  system (storage facilities, transport equipment, incinerator, secondary
  abatement  equipment and.stack) to maintain low toxic contaminant concen-
  trations at ground level could be determined through periodic or constant
  monitoring in  and  around the disposal facility.
                                      94

-------
                                 TABLE  4
  BASIC DATA CONSIDERATIONS WHEN CHOOSING A WASTE DISPOSAL  SYSTEM
                         ,0304
Typer (s) of waste
Liquid, solid, gas, or mixtures.
Utlimate analysis

Metals
Halogens
Heating Value
Solids

Liquids

Gases
Special  characteristics

Disposal  rates
Carbon, hydrogen, oxygen and nitrogen,
water, sulfur, and ash on an "as-
recc'ved" basis.
Calcium, sodium, copper, vanadium,
etc.
Bromides, chlorides, fluorides.
BTU/lb on an  "as-received" basis.
Size,  form and  quantity to be
received.
Viscosity as  a  function of
temperature,  specific  gravity
and impurities.
Density  and  impurities-
Toxicity and  corrosiveness,
other unusual features.
 Peak, average,minimum (present
 and future).
                                    95

-------
     Disposal Rate and Waste Corrosiveness.  Regardless of the type of
waste to be incinerated, the disposal rate determines the size and number
of incinerators (as well as storage equipment) needed to combust a given
waste stream.  The waste stream's corrosiveness determines the materials of
construction required in both,the incineration unit and materials handling
equipment.  Incineration systems may be fabricated from a wide variety of
construction materials.  The selection of construction materials depends
upon several factors:   (1) corrosion, (2) strength, and (3) temperature.
Most incinerators  are constructed of carbon steel material and are lined
with appropriate  alumina refractory to withstand the temperatures of the
incineration process.   Some catalytic units, however,  as well as some thermal,
incinerators are  fabricated without  refractory, using  only high-temperature
stainless  steel.   The advantage  of this approach is the elimination of the
refractory,  which will  eventually need refurbishing or replacement.  More
costly  materials  such as  Inconel, Incoloy,  or  Hastelloy  are normally util-
ized only  when the waste  is corrosive to  other materials.

      Refractories used  in  incineration systems are  generally  of  the alumina
 type.   Standard or super  duty firebrick  backed up  by  insulting brick  is
 suitable in most cases.  Castable  refractories are also  widely  used.   In
 short,  the refractories,  which are  used  for most  incineration applications
 are equivalent to those which would be  used for  high-temperature furnaces.

      Secondary Abatement Requirements.   Many wastes which lend themselves
 to incineration cannot be incinerated without some secondary form of treat-
 ment, due to the production of compounds which might be toxic in nature
 therefore cannot be released to the atmosphere.   Normally these wastes can
 be divided into  three  categories:
      (1)  waste  which  contains  inorganic salts;
      (2)  waste  which  contains  halogen compounds;
      (3)  waste  which  contains  sulfur compounds.
                                     96

-------
      Those which  contain  inorganic salts will produce the oxide of  the
 metal ion of that salt upon combustion.  The commonest inorganic metal
 ion is sodium, although potassium, or for that matter any other metal
 ion, may be found in the waste.  The oxide which is formed in the combustion
 reaction usually  will be in a finely divided form and will require sub-
 sequent removal by either mechanical  methods or wet scrubbing.  This type
 of product usually requires a high-energy scrubber of the venturi  type.

      The halogen  ions most commonly found in wastes are generally chlorine
 and fluorine, which are often part of halogenated hydrocarbons.   Complete
 combution of the organic portion of the waste may result in the  production
 of chlorine or fluorine in the products of combustion.   These are  relatively
 insoluble in water and  therefore cannot be removed  by wet scrubbing  as  long
 as they  are in  this  form.   This  type  of waste should  first be analyzed  to
 determine the  amount of hydrogen present,  since  the hydrogen  will  react
 with the  halogen  forming  the halogen  acid,   if there  is not sufficient
 hydrogen  in  the waste material to accomplish  complete conversion of  the
 halogen to  the  halogen  acid, the conversion must  be accomplished by
 injection of additional hydrogen in the  form of natural gas or other
 combustible.  Once the halogen has been  converted to the acid gas, it
may be satisfactorily removed in  a wet scrubber.   Here the low-energy
or packed tower type of scrubber  is satisfactory.  For example, if
trichloroethylene  is a major component in a waste effluent, it can be
incinerated in accordance with the following reaction:

                       CHC1CC12

      While the hydrogen chloride which  is formed in this reaction can be
removed by scrubbing with water,  the chlorine, which is relatively in-
soluble,  will pass through the water and into the atmosphere.   By the
addition  of natural gas  or another hydrocarbon fuel, all  the chlorine
can be  converted to hydrogen chloride  as follows:

               CHC1CC12  + 7/2  02  + CH4—*3 C02 +  3HC1 + H20

                                   97

-------
     The hydrogen chloride formed in this reaction can be removed in a
wet  scrubber.   In this particular case, natural gas or other auxiliary
fuel would be  required for combustion because of the low calorific value
                         npQK
of the  trichloroethylene.

     Sulfur  compounds are often  found in wastes either as part of a
sulfonated organic molecule  or in the form of sulfates or  sulfides.
Complete combustion of these wastes  with air results  in  S02  formation.
Complete removal of S02 can  be handled by caustic  scrubbing  or a  number
of more complicated processes designed ultimately  to  recover sulfur.

      One pollutant, NO,  is  common to all  incineration processes  which
utilize air  as  the  oxidant source (as opposed to pure oxygen or some other
oxidant which  contains no nitrogen).  The NO formation is the result of
the  oxygen and  nitrogen  from the air reacting at the elevated flame
temperature  present in incinerators.  The thermodynamic equilibrium con-
centrations  of NO  present in combustion effluent streams as  a function
 of flame temperature and excess air have been determined      and are  pre-
 sented graphically (Figure  2).  Generally industrial  incineration operations
 do not abate NO emissions.   There are currently abatement techniques  avail-
 able but they  involve catalytic or thermal reduction (requiring a reductant
 such as CH. or H2) of NO to N? followed by thermal oxidation of excess
 reductant.   5  These processes are capable of reducing NO  concentrations
                                           1 A 1C
 in the stack effluent to the 50 ppm level. '*•"  It is the reductant cost
 plus the catalyst  cost  (when a catalyst is used)  which makes application
 of this type of abatement process economically unattractive in most situ-
 ations.
      The specific  types of abatement equipment are discussed in detail in
 the Appendix  of this report.  Their operating principles, characteristics
 and general applications are delineated.  It should be noted that when ap-
 plied  to  treatment processes handling  hazardous waste constituents, a high
 degree  of efficiency is of primary  concern  as opposed to economic consider-
 ations.   Therefore,  the types  of equipment  most likely to be utilized in
 conjunction with  incineration  facilities  at National Disposal Sites are
 packed bed  scrubbers  (both  fixed and  floating bed types),  venturi scrubbers,
 electrostatic precipitators,  and fabric filters.

                                      98

-------
500
                                10            15
                                 EXCESS AIR (%)
                                     20
           Figure 2.  Equilibrium Nitric Oxide Concentrations
                      4n r/Mnkiic + inn Ffflliontc UJU4
in Combustion Effluents.
                                   99

-------
     Steam Plume Generation.   Another problem common  to  most  incineration
processes is that of steam plume generation.   The appearance  of a  steam
plume has a very important psychological  implication  which  must be considered.
An incinerator process effluent may contain no harmful  pollutants, however,
the presence of combustion product water plus any moisture  picked  up in
scrubbing operations will cause the stack effluent to show  a  steam discharge
plume upon becoming saturated with moisture.   Although the  steam will  have
no deleterious effects on the surrounding area, its appearance may cause
concern with the public that the air cleaning equipment is  inadequate or
malfunctioning.

      Steam plumes are the result of rapid cooling of moisture containing
gases to below  their  saturation temperature.  Gases from wet scrubbers will
quickly  show a  steam  plume at  the stack discharge.  During the cold winter
months,  the gases are subjected to a colder  atmosphere  and are thus air-
condensed  sooner and  have  shorter plume  trails compared with equivalent
gases cooled by the summer atmosphere.

      As a guide, saturated  gases which  discharge  from  the stack  below 105  F
will  have  a negligible appearance  and will  not create a questionable  steam
plume.   At 105  F  the  volume  of moisture  content  is less than 7 percent,
whereas  at higher saturation temperatures, the percentage  of moisture by
 volume  is as  follows:  130 F, 15.0 percent; 160  F, 32.5 percent;  180 F,
              0285
 51.0 percent.

       In addition to appearance, steam plumes have other side effects
 which include:
       (1)  SOo  (or other corrosive gases) may be absorbed by the newly
          forfoed droplets, forming sulfurous acid.and then fall on homes
           and  industrial sites.
       (2)   In some cases odoriferous constituents may be entrapped by
            falling droplets  to  increase odor at  ground elevation.
                                     100

-------
                                                   ...  ...   0285
    There are three basic methods for steam plume minimization.
   (1)   Indirect Cooling of Hot Gases
         Cooling is effected within a continuous S shaped duct with
         surface exposure for radiation and cooling by atmospheric
         air surrounding the ducts.  Often the ducts may be arranged
         essentially vertically with U bends and should be furnished
         with  cleanout  doors and hoppers to permit intermittent dust
         removal.  The  addition of fans, handling large quantities of
         atmospheric air, blowing or inducing air across banks of
         ducts which transport the uncleansed gas, has recently been
         introduced.

    (2)   Sensible or Direct Cooling of Saturated Gases
         This  technique cools already 100  percent saturated gases with
         cool  water.   Sufficient coolness  is required to dehumidify or
         condense water vapor down to the  desirable  lower  saturation.
         By using a standard spray tower cooling water at  70  to 85 F
         may be  introduced  at 25 psig.  Droplets will fall  counterflow
         to the  gas passage and  carry away latent heat of  the water
         vapor and  sensible heat of  the dry  gas.  As  a general rule,
         the cool water leaving  a  properly designed  tower  will approach
         within  10  or  15 F  of the  entrance gas  temperature.   Therefore,
         pounds  of  80  F water needed equals  3.51  Ib  water/1b  dry  gas
         or 0.42 gal/lb dry gas.   Use of  a tower filled  with  drip-point
         grid  tiles offers  a method  to  obtain  benefit of maximum  heat
         transfer with an approach of approximately  5 F  or less  (between
         the gas and  liquid discharging).

    (3)  Cooling by Mixing  with  Atmospheric Air
         In some special cases  sensible cooling may  be  obtained  by the
         addition of  atmospheric air having a low dew point temperature.
         However, this method  becomes impractical  where  already  large
         saturated volumes  of gas having high saturation temperatures
         are involved.


     Gaseous Waste  Incineration.   The type and  form  of waste  will  dictate

the type of combustion unit required.   A  number of control methods have

been successfully developed for  applications where the pollutants  are in

the form of fume or gas.  If  the waste  gas contains  organic materials which

are combustible, then  incineration should  be considered  as a  final method
of disposal.  Direct  flame, thermal, or catalytic oxidation of such wastes

can produce an effluent of carbon dioxide, nitrogen, and water vapor
                                101

-------
which can be vented se-fely to the atmosphere.   Economic considerations
are paramount in the selection of incineration systems because of the
high fuel costs when concentrations of organic constituents are low.

      Direct flame incineration is used normally with materials which
are at or near their lower combustibility limit.  In a well-designed
commercial combustor or burner, gases having heating values as low as
100 Btu/cu ft can be burned without auxiliary fuel.  Gases having even
lower heating values, which are preheated to 600 or 700 F, often will
sustain  combustion without help from auxiliary fuel.  Hydrogen cyanide,
which is an extremely toxic,gas, may be burned in air; carbon monoxide,
which is also a deadly gas and a by-product of many partial combustion
 reactions,  can  be burned  in  this  manner.   Solvent  vapors  mixed in  high
 quantities  wi.th air may  produce  a combustible mixture which can  be -burned
 in a conventional forced  draft combustion system.
       When the amount of combustible material  in the  mixture  is  below
 the lower flammable limit, it may be necessary to add small quantities
 of natural gas or other auxiliary fuel  to sustain combustion  in  the burner.
 But in either case, whether the material  burns with or without the
 assistance of auxiliary fuel, combustion  occurs at high temperatures (about
 2,500  F), good mixing is achieved with  the oxygen in  the air,  and the resultant
 products of combustion generally are carbon dioxide, nitrogen, and water
 vapor.  Here the contaminant, whether it is a solvent vapor or pure gas,
 is serving as a part of the fuel.   It is contributing a significant.portion
 of the total heat released to the system and can be burned with a minimum
 of auxiliary fuel and therefore  a minimum of operating cost.   Direct  flame
 combustion should be employed only  where  the amount of auxiliary fuel needed
 to sustain combustion is  low and where the contaminant supplies at least
 50 percent of  the fuel  value of  the mixture.

        Equipment  for direct  flame incineration  may  be  a  conventional  in-
 dustrial burner  or combustor and combustion chamber  (either forced or
  induced draft),or it may be a  flare type  burner as found  in many petroleum
  refineries and petrochemical  plants.  A  detailed discussion of  the

                                      102

-------
individual processing units will be presented in Section 2 of this
process evaluation.

      Most waste gas incineration problems involve mixtures of organic
material and air in which the amount of organic material is very small.
This means that if it were injected directly through a burner, along with
auxiliary fuel such as natural gas, the amo-jnt of natural gas required
to  achieve complete combustion would be quite high.  Most conventional
industrial burners require temperatures of 2,200 F or greater to sustain
combustion, whereas thermal  incineration can be carried out at much lower
temperatures,  sometimes  as low as 900  F, but generally between 1,000 and 1,500 F.

      Weak mixtures of organic material and air will  usually have very low
heating values, on the order of 1 to 20 Btu/cu ft.   Some of the most common
applications may be found in drying ovens which drive off a solvent or
plasticizer in low concentrations in air, or form lithographing ovens or
other process drying operations.   Here it is more economical  to heat a
combustion chamber, using a conventional fuel  in an industrial  burner, and
inject the contaminated air into this chamber just downstream from the burner
flame, or even into the burner flame.   Usually the waste gas is essentially
air and therefore contains enough oxygen to complete combustion of the organic
contaminant.   But in some cases, where sufficient oxygen is not  present
in the fume, it can be added by means of a fan or blower, either  by premixing
with the fume or by injecting into the secondary combustion chamber along
 ... ..   .    0285
with the fume.
       Incineration systems for thermal  oxidation of  gaseous wastes are of
many different types and forms.  Some  utilize "line" burners when  the fume
contains sufficient oxygen for its own combustion.   Here the waste gas
passes  over and through  the  flame of the "line" burner in a refractory
lined duct.   Other systems utilize an  external burner, either natural,
forced  draft,  or aspirating  type.   In  this system the flame passes into
the duct from the burner mounted in the duct wall, causing turbulence in
the chamber,  and the contaminated air  passes through and around the flame
and is  heated to the reaction temperature.  Such units may be vertical or
horizontal and may be  induced or forced draft, depending upon the  physical
                                          opor
arrangement most desirable for the  system.ut03

                                  103

-------
      Catalytic incineration is applied to gaseous wastes  containing low
concentrations of combustible materials and air.   Usually  noble metals
such as platinum and palladium are the catalytic  agents.   A catalyst is
defined as a material which promotes a chemical  reaction without taking a
part in it.  The catalyst does not change nor is  it used  up.

     These  catalysts must  be  supported  in  the hot waste gas stream  in  a
manner that will expose  the- greatest  surface area to the waste  gas  so  that
the  combustion  reaction  can. occur  on  the  surface, producing nontoxic ef-
fluent gases  of carbon dioxide,  nitrogen,  and water vapor.  Since most
waste  gases  from ordinary  industrial  processes are at  low  temperatures up
to 300 F,  a  preheat burner is required  to bring  these  gases up  to the
                     npoc
reaction  temperature.

     The advantage  of the catalyst is that the  reaction temperature  in catalytic
systems is lower than it is-in thermal systems  because  the catalyst  promotes
the reaction at a lower temperature.  Most catalytic reactions can be carried
out at preheat  temperatures.between 600 and 1,000 F.  This of course results
in a fuel saving when compared with thermal systems but involves a much
higher  initial  investment because of  the catalyst cost.  Catalytic incinerators
usually operate at or below 25 percent of  the LEL (lower explosive limit) of
the material  in the waste  gas  and below the normal oxidation temperature of
the  contaminant.  Care should be taken, however, when analyzing the waste for
catalytic  combustion, that  the waste  gas .contains a low enough  concentration
of the contaminant  to prohibit burnout  of  the catalyst.  Most catalysts  are
suitable  for  maximum operating temperatures of 1,500 to 1,600  F.  A high con-
centration of contaminant  in the waste  gas, even with  minimal preheat, may
 release enough heat on  the .surface of the catalyst  to  cause catalyst  burnout.
 Therefore, catalytic systems are most applicable t6  low concentrations of
 contaminants where the  temperature rise across the  catalyst will  be on the
                                  0285
 order of several hundred degrees.
                                     104

-------
       Catalytic systems have been used widely in the  oxidation  of  paint
solvents, odors arising from cnemical  manufacture, food preparation, wire
enameling ovens, lithographing ovens,  and similar applications.

       Catalyst systems are susceptible to poisoning agents, activity
suppressants and  fouling  agents.   These compounds appear as contaminants
in the waste gas  stream and are specific for different types of catalysts.
Catalyst manufacturers  can usually state which compounds are detrimental
to the operation  of specific  catalysts.  It is therefore necessary to
know what  contaminants  are present in  a waste gas stream^prior to the
selection  of an efficient catalytic combustion system.
       Liquid Waste Incineration.  Incineration is one possibility for the
  destruction of liquid wastes.  Liquid wastes may be classified into two
  types from a combustion standpoint:  (1) combustible liquids, and (2) par-
  tially combustible liquids.  Noncombustible liquids cannot be treated or
  disposed of by incineration.  The first category would contain all materials
  having sufficient calorific  value to support combustion in a conventional
  combustor or burner.  The second category would include materials that
  would not support combustion without the addition of auxiliary fuel and
  would have a high percentage of noncombustible  constituents such as water.
  A partially combustible waste  may  also  contain  material dissolved in the
  liquid phase which,  if inorganic in  nature, will form an inorganic oxide
  upon combustion  and  require  secondary collection prior to  atmospheric  release,


       Assuming that either of these types of wastes is primarily organic in
  nature, even though  the quantity of the organic material  may be small, in-
  cineration of such materials becomes essentially a straightforward com-
  bustion problem  in which air must be mixed with the combustible at some
  temperature above its ignition temperature.  When starting with a waste in
  liquid form, it  is necessary to supply  sufficient heat for vaporization in
  addition  to raising  it to  its  ignition  temperature.
                                    105

-------
liquids vaporize and react more rapidly when finely  divided  in  the form of  a
spray, atomizing nozzles are dsually employed to inject waste  liquids  into
incineration equipment whenever the viscosity of the waste permits atomization.
There are many wastes which might be classified liquid which are hardly liquid
in nature.  Slurries, sludges, and other materials of high viscosity can  be
                                                      0285
handled only in special types-of incineration systems.

     In order that a liquid waste may be considered  combustible, there are
several rules of thumb which should be used.  The waste should be pumpable
at ambient temperatures or capable of being pumped after heating to some
reasonable temperature level.  The liquid must be capable of being atomized
under these conditions.  If it cannot be pumped or atomized, it cannot be
burned as a liquid but must be handled as a sludge or solid.  Liquid waste
incineration generally involves liquids having viscosities up to approximately
1,000 SSU, although lower viscosities are desirable.

      In order to be considered a combustible liquid waste, the material must
sustain or support combustion  in air without the assistance of an auxiliary
fuel.  This means that the waste will generally have  a  calorific value of
8,000 to  10,000 Btu/lb or higher.  Below this calorific value, the material
would not exhibit properties which would enable it  to maintain a stable  .
flame in  a commercial  combustor or burner.  Materials which fall  into this
category  (>8,000 Btu/lb)  are  light solvents(such  as toluene,  benzene, acetone,
ethyl alcohol)  and  heavy  organic tars  and still bottoms similar to  residual
fuel  oil.  The  wastes  may be^combinations of both,  which would  give a mixture
having an intermediate viscosity and  heating value.   These  wastes  come from
cleaning  operations  in chemical  plants  and  refineries or are the-residues
from distillation  processes and  are  usually not recovered for  economic
         0285
reasons.

      The  equipment which  is used to incinerate combustible  liquid waste
can also vary from manufacturer,  but its  basic form will be that  of a
 combustor or burner designed to handle a  liquid waste through  a steam,
 air, or mechanical  atomizing nozzle.   High  heat release combustors require
 minimal  secondary incineration chambers,  but usually incineration is
                                     106

-------
 carried out in combustion chambers having volumes which provide for a heat
 release of 25,000 Btu/hr-cu ft of combustion volume.  Residence times
 within an incinerator burning liquid waste will vary from 0.5 to 1 sec.
 The combustion chamber is usually cylindrical in shape and may be used in
 a vertical or horizontal arrangement.  The vertical chamber has the advan-
 tage that the incinerator acts as its own stack, but obviously it is not
 well adapted to a tall stack arrangement.  Horizontal incinerators can be
                                                  0285
 more easily connected to tall chimneys or stacks.      Some specially
 designed rotary kilns have been applied to the disposal of liquid chemical
 warfare agents.  Highly explosive wastes (wet machining wastes from munitions
 manufacturing) are currently disposed of by ooen burning.  A detailed de-
 scription of these systems will be provided later in the report.

     Many combustible liquid wastes can be utilized as fuel  for a boiler,
air preheater, or other heat recovery device which can turn the waste heat
energy from the incineration system into profit.  Heat recovery devices,
however, are advisable only when the amount of heat recovered and the cost
of the recovery equipment can be economically justified.  If the waste
liquid should contain noncombustibles such as inorganic salts, or materials
which would be converted into corrosive compounds in the combustion reaction,
such as chlorides or fluorides, then heat recovery is usually incompatible
and should not be considered.

     Liquid wastes having a heating value of below 8,000 Btu/lb can be con-
sidered in the partially combustible category.   It must again be emphasized
that this is a rule of thumb  and that  some materials  as high as 10,000 or
11,000 Btu/lb will not sustain combustion by themselves.   It is also
important with this  type of waste  that the material  handling method be
compatible with  the equipment selected.  Viscosities  should be reduced
to the  point where the material  is pumpable and  atomizable at either
ambient or  slightly  elevated  temperatures.
                                  107

-------
     Waste material  in this  classification is often aqueous  in nature,
consisting of organic compounds miscible with water.   Such waste may also
contain sulfur.compounds, phosphorus compounds, or combinations of organic
and noncombustible inorganics.   These materials may have enough organic  con-
tent to exhibit visible combustion in a high temperature furnace, or they
may be so low in combustible material that no visible combustion is apparent.

    There are several  basic considerations  in the  design of an  incinerator
for a partially combustible waste.   First,  the waste material must be
atomized as finely as possible  to present the greatest surface  area for
mixing with combustion air.  Second, adequate combustion air  to supply
all the oxygen required for oxidation or incineration of the  organics
present should be provided in accordance with carefully calculated
requirements.  Third, the heat from the auxiliary  fuel must be  sufficient
to raise the temperature of the waste and the combustion air to a point
above the ignition temperature of the organic material in the waste.  Un-
like the combustible waste, which sustains combustion by itself, this
waste may not always be  injected through the  combustor or burner but may
rather be atomized into  the secondary chamber.  If  the waste material is
marginal  in  combustibility, it may  be fed directly  through the burner or
combustor  along with  the  auxiliary  fuel.  Temperatures  of  2,200  to 2,700  F
will  result,  complete  combustion of the  organic in  the  waste will  occur,
and  the  products  of  combustign  can  be vented to the atmosphere.
                                     1O8

-------
     The equipment for handling this type of waste is usually a horizontal
or vertical  refractory lined cylindrical furnace with an auxiliary fuel
burner firing at one end or tangential to the cylindrical shell.  The size
of the incinerator depends upon the heat release in the system and the amount
of combustion air to be used.  Mixing is accomplished by baffles or a checker
wall, and the temperature of the incinerator should vary, depending on the
type and the amount of the waste.  In most cases, it is possible to incin-
erate most organic aqueous mixtures below 1,800 F and many in the range of
1,200 to 1,500 F.  As with gaseous wastes, the autoignition temperature of
the waste should first be determined, and the incinerator should be operated
                                                                     nppc
at a controlled temperature several hundred degrees above this point.

     Incineration of wastes which are not pure liquids but which might be
considered sludges or slurries is also an important waste disposal  problem.
Because sewage is handled in sludge form, many of the processes and equipment
previously applied to handling sewage sludge have found application in the
industrial disposal field.  The combustion principles are the same, but the
manner of achieving the combustion is different.  Some of the types of in-
cinerators which are applicable to this type of disposal problem are rotary
kilns, multiple hearth furnaces and fluidized bed incinerators.  A detailed
discussion of the individual processing units will be presented in  Section 2
of this process evaluation.  Some of the various liquid waste materials
which are currently incinerated are discussed by Jones     (Table 5).

     Solids  Incineration.  Solids incineration is not a total disposal method,
because most solid materials contain noncombustibles and have residual ash.
Municipal and industrial incinerators probably account for 30 to 50 percent
of the total trash disposal within the United States at the present time.
The object of any incinerator is to provide complete combustion of the mate-
rial fed into it.  The complications are, however, the wide variety of mate-
rials which must be burned.  There is everything from wet garbage with a
heating value of approximately 2,000 Btu/lb to such plastics as polystyrene,
which have a heating value of approximately 19,000 Btu/lb.   Controlling the
proper amount of air to give good combustion of both materials is difficult,
and with most currently available incinerator designs it is impossible.

                                109

-------
                                  TABLE.  5

                  DESTRUCTION OF WASTES  BY.INCINERATION1
               ,0534
 	Waste    	.	
liquid wastes from manuf. of ammonia,  Wastes concentrated to 5W organic
urea, nylon  intermediates, ethylene    content-no auxiliary fuel required.
glycol.methylamines, methacrylates    Steam atomized burners
 Organic tars,  catalyst  complexes


 Liquid Wastes  containing  hydrocarbons,
 high-boiling degradation  products,
 tars from nylon intermediate manuf.

 Liquid from aerylonitrile manuf.  con-
 taining acetonitrile and  cyanides +
 slop oils + phenolic resin wastes (in-
 organic)

 Two soot streams from acetylene
 manuf.; still  residues from acrylo-
 nitrile and vinyl chloride processing
 stripping steam with acrylonitrile.

 Heavy  sludge acid, sulforiated tars
 from benzene plant.  General refuse,
 scrap  plastic.

 Styrene still  residues.


 Organic  acids,  salts,  anhydrides,
 hydrocarbons  and  chlorinated hydro-
 carbons  from  manuf acture'.of chlo-
 rinated organics.

 Sludges  containing oil,  solids from
 separators, clarifiers,  tank bottoms

 Biological  sludges

 Vent gases  -  H2S, mercaptans

  Spent caustic-50% phenols

  High-and low-boiling organics  from
  nylon manuf.
Metals must be collected when
catalysts are burned.
Nitrile wastes have high fuel value.
Provision for auxiliary fueV gas
was made, 1600 F.


Natural gas  used as auxiliary fuel.
Flow  and organic content of waste
fluctuates greatly, 1500 F


Solid wastes fed first, then liquid.
 Mixed with fuel oil  and used in
 heating furnaces.

 Natural  gas  fuel  used  in  a  vortex
 burner.   Wastes neutralized with
 ammonia prior to incineration to
 prevent corrosion.

 Fluidized-bed furnace, 800-900 F
 Fuel oil used as auxiliary fuel
                                    110

-------
     Certain basic principles  for complete combustion  of solid waste with

a subsequent low particulate emission from the combustion zone are  as

folios:0285


   m  Excess air:  Air quantities should usually be kept on the order
        of  50 to  150 percent above the stoichiometric requirements.

   (2)  Minimum use of underfire air:  This maintains low velocities and
        therefore reduces the particulate  emission from  the incinerator
        because it keeps small particles  out  of the gas  stream.

   (3)  Proper  use of overfire air:  This  provides ample oxygen and tur-
        bulence in the combustion space above the fuel  bed.  The overfire
        air injected  into the system may  be as high as  50 percent  of the
        total  required.

   (4)  Temperature:  Temperature in the  furnace space  should be between
         1400 and  1800 F  to  reduce the  rate of smoke formation and  odor.
        Temperatures  below  1400  F will  produce smoke  and allow odor to
        escape from  the  incinerator.   Above 1800 F there may be sintering
         or fusing of the ash with the  furnace refractories.  Excess air  is
         used to control  the furnace temperature.

   (5)   Sufficient combustion volume:   The incinerator should  have enough
         combustion volume to provide sufficient  residence time  for the
         burnout of all  flying particulate matter.  The average  heat  re-
         ""ease per cubic foot of furnace volume should not exceed  25,000
         Btu/cu ft-hr.

    (6)   Secondary chamber:   A secondary chamber zone should be provided
         in every  incinerator and, in fact, is required  in most municipal
         and state codes now being adopted.

    (7)   Residence time:  The residence time  in the incinerator should be
         between  1 and 2  seconds.

    (8)   Reasonable loading rates:  Low loading rates per square foot of
         grate  surface should be adhered  to,  even in forced draft  in-
         cinerators.  They  should be no more  than 60 Ib  of  waste/sq ft/hr.
                                     Ill

-------
    Early sol'id waste incinerators were charged by a crane from a storage
pit onto stationary grates.  Some furnaces were hand stoked.   Ash handling
was arranged through undergrate hoppers in which the  ash was water quenched
and dumped into trucks and hauled away.  Today, because of the awareness
of air pollution problems, more modern designs have been developed. A variety
of modern stokers (each best suited for a particular size and form of solid
waste), which provide uniform and regular agitation of the feed, are used
to feed the waste material onto the surface of the grate.  The grate may
be a fixed grate or a traveling grate system.  Where the traveling grate is
used, it is also considered part of the stoking apparatus.

    The types of incinerators which are applicable to solid wastes are open-
pit incinerators (when no  secondary pollution problem exists) and closed
incinerators such as retort and inline multiple chamber units, rotary kilns
                                 r*coo
and multiple hearth incinerators.      A detailed discussion of these units
will be presented  in Section 2 of  this process evaluation.

   The incinerator design  does not have to be limited to a single com-
bustible or partially combustible waste.  Often it  is both economical and
feasible to utilize a combustible waste, either liquid or gas, as the heat
source for the  incineration of a partially combustible .waste which may be
either liquid or gas.  Multiple or dual fuel  burners  for combustible wastes
can be utilized in a single incineration chamber.   Combination systems can
often reduce the operating, cost  in terms of  auxiliary fuel and should be
carefully evaluated  in the-overall waste treatment  program of  any  process
plant.  Heat recovery in  these systems is  applicable  on  an individual basis.
                                  112

-------
                         2.   PROCESS DESCRIPTION

      The following sections of this report will discuss  in  detail  the
operating principles, process applicability, process design, and process
economics of each of the various types of incineration systems.   As
mentioned in the introduction of this evaluation, incinerators are  generally
classified by the form of waste which they burn.  There are  ten basic types
of incinerator units, open pit incinerators, open burning, multiple chamber
incinerators, multiple hearth incinerators, rotary kiln incinerators,
fluizided bed incinerators, liquid combustors, catalytic combustors, gas
combustors and stack flares.  The type of waste for which each of these
incineration units is best suited is detailed diagrarrmatically (Figure 3).
The types of incinerator systems which are  amenable to secondary abatement
equipment application are also shown.

                        Fluidized Bed Incineration

      Fluidized bed incinerators are versatile devices which can be used to
 dispose of solid, liquid and gaseous combustible wastes.  The technique is
 a relatively new method for ultimate disposal of waste materials.   It was
 first used'commercially in the United States in 1962     and has found
 limited use in  the petroleum industry, paper industry and  for processing
 nuclear wastes.0582  In addition,  applications of  fluldized bed combustion
                                                    .• I'tObjIloO
 to  the  disposal of sanitary  sludge  have been reported.

       Operating Principle.   A typical  fluidized bed incinerator is  shown
  schematically (Figure  4).   Air driven by  a blower  enters a plenum at  the
  bottom of the combustor and rises  vertically through a  distributor plate
  into a vessel containing a bed of inert granular particles.   Sand is
  typically used as the bed material.  The upward flow of air through the
  sand bed results in a dense turbulent mass which behaves similar  to a
  liquid.  Waste material to be incinerated is injected into the bed where
  combustion occurs within the fluidizing media.
                                     113

-------
JO'EN PIT
 INCINERATORS
OFEN
INCINERATION
MULTIPLE
CnAMBfR
INCINERATORS
MULTIPLE
HEARTH
INCINERATORS
ROTARY KILN
INCINERATORS
FLUIDiZcD BED
INCINERATORS
LIQUID
COMBUSTORS

CATALYTIC
COMBUSTORS
GAS
COvbjSTORS

FLARES
 Figure  3.   Types of Incinerators  and Their Applications

-------
 FLUE GAS
   MAKEUP SAND
ACCESS DOOR
                                             AUXILIARY
                                             BURNER (OIL OR GAS)
                                                         WASTE INJECTION
                                                         FLUIDIZ1NG AIR
                           ASH REMOVAL
                  Figure
4.   Schematic of a Fluidized Bed Combustor
                                  115

-------
   Air passage  through the bed produces strong agitation of the bed particles.
This promotes rapid and relatively uniform mixing of the injected waste
material within the fluidized bed.

   The mass of  the fluidized bed is large in relation to the injected material.
Bed temperatures are quite uniform and typically in the 1,400 to 1,600 F range:
At these temperatures, heat content of the fluidized bed is approximately
16,000 Btu/ft   thus providing a large heat reservoir. By comparison, the
heat capacity of flue gases at similar temperatures is three orders of
magnitude less than a fluidized sand bed.

   Heat is transferred from the bed into the injected waste materials to
be incinerated. • Upon reaching ignition temperature (which takes place
rapidly) the material combusts and transfers heat back into the bed.  Con-
tinued bed agitation by the fjuidizing air allows larger waste particles
to remain suspended until  combustion is completed.   Residual fines (ash)
are carried off the bed by the exhausting flue gases at the top of the
combustor.   These gases are subsequently processed  and/or scrubbed before
atmospheric discharge.

     Process Design.  In specifying or designing a fluidized bed combustor,
                            t
primary factors to be considered are:  gas velocity; bed diameter; bed
temperature; and, the type and composition of waste to be incinerated.
                            f
     Gas velocities are typically low, in the order of 5 to 7 ft/sec.
Maximum gas velocity is constrained by the terminal velocity of the bed
particles and is therefore a function of particle size.  Higher velocities
result in bed attrition and an increased particulate load on downstream
air correction equipment.   Relatively low velocity  reduces pressure drop
and therefore lowers power requirements.
                                   116

-------
   Present fluidized bed design technology limits the bed diameter to 50
ft or less.  At nominal values of gas velocity and temperature, the
maximum volumetric flow would be approximately 2.5X10  acfm.

   Bed depths range from about 15 inches to several  feet.  Variations in
bed depth affect waste particle residence time and system pressure drop.
One therefore desires to minimize bed depth consistant with complete
combustion and minimum excess air.

   Bed temperatures are restricted Dy the softening point of the bed
material.  If sand is used, temperatures should be maintained below 2UOU F
to avoid softening and consequent agglomeration of the particles.

   The type and composition of the waste is a significant design parameter
in that it will impact storage, processing and transport operations (prior
to incineration), as well  as the combustion.  If the waste is a hetrogeneous
mixture such as municipal  refuse and has a relatively low (<8,000 Btu/lb)
heating value, processing (shredding, sorting, drying, etc.) operations
will  be more complex and auxiliary fuel  addition to the combustor will be
required.  Homogeneous wastes which can be injected and uniformly dispersed
in the bed should facilitate overall system design and minimize the bed
volume.

     Process Economics.  Installation and operating costs will vary signif-
icantly depending upon the type of waste to be processed and the quantity
and sophistication of water and air correction equipment required.  Lund0285
indicates that investment costs and operating costs are approximately $20
and $5 per ton respectively.

     Process Modifications.  The fluidized bed combustor will noramlly be
incorporated in an overall  material handling, processing and disposal system
to simultaneously cope with solid, liquid and gaseous waste or by-products.
This  is illustrated schematically in a block diagram (Figure 5) which has
the following elements:
                                   117

-------
   OTHER _
   USES
                     RECYCLE
WASTE
INPUT
                          WATER CONDITIONING
                          FOR RECYCLE OR
                          DISPOSAL
                     MAKEUP
W^STE MATERIAL
RECEIVING AND
STORAGE
                             DISCHARGE
WASTE PRE - PROCESSING
  o DE - WATERING
  o DISINTEGRATION
  o SEPARATION
                INERT ASH
                               FLUIDIZED BED
                               INCINERATION
                 DISPOSAL


                     I	
                AIR PREHEAT
        1  I
         I  I
      J  !
       L—
  WASTE HEAT
  UTILIZATION
            ELECTRICAL
            POWER GENERATION
                                 AIR CORRECTION
                                 EQUIPMENT
                                                ATMOSPHERIC
                                                DISCHARGE
   Figure 5.  Functional  Diagram  for Fluidized Bed Incineration  Disposal of
              Combustible Wa'ste Material
                                    118

-------
   (1)  Receipt and storage of waste materials.
   (2)  Processing or conditioning waste materials prior to incineration.
   (3)  Waste material transport and handling.
   (4)  Waste incineration.
   (5)  Air correction of off gases from combustion.
   (6)  Disposal and/or recovery of residual  solid and liquid by-products.
   Incineration systems incorporating fluidized bed  combustors vary
depending upon the application and economic desire to utilize waste heat.
Usually, systems will incorporate most if not all of the functional
activities illustrated (Figure 5).

   Most of the fluidized bed incineration application reported in the
literature involve the disposal of sludges or slurried wastes.  This may
necessitate a dewatering step in processing the waste prior to incineration
if comuustion gases are to be used for steam-electric or gas turbine
power generation.  If power generation is a desired  by-product of the
incineration process, then waste moisture content values less than approxi-
mately 60 percent  are required.      Moisture values in excess of this
value, or heavy  concentrations of  inert matter will  require auxiliary fuel
burners to preheat the waste  and ensure sufficient heat content in the
flue gases.  Pre-drying of  the sludge may be accomplished by  aeration or
more sophisticated mechanical systems involving  the addition  of heat.
   Waste material is pneumatically, mechanically or gravity fed into the
fluidized bed.  Normally, inhomogeneous waste material must be reduced in
size  (shredded, pulverized, etc.) to facilitate the feed system operation
and permit injection, distribution and combustion within the fluidized bed.
                                      119

-------
   In addition to reducing moisture content and waste material  size,
separation of non-combustible material  such as ferrous and non-ferrous
metals may be required.   The former may be removed using magnetic separators.
Non-ferrous metals are commonly removed using ballistic-type separators.

   The tasks of receiving,LStoring, processing and transport of more
hazardous wastes may often .require a completely closed system.   In this
case, aeration in the conventional manner will be unacceptable.  Enclosed
hot air dryers using recycled combustion gases may be considered; however,
the addition of gas or oil fuel burners to the incinerator (to accomplish
waste drying) will probably result in higher Initial equipment costs.
An  auxiliary burner system will be required in any event for startup and
bed temperature conditioning.

   Combustion of any waste.which results in particulate, odors or gaseous
stack emissions (other than water vapor and C02) may  require air correction
equipment to meet emission standards.  Particulate emissions may be controlled
using one or more of the following general categories of collectors; dry
collectors, wet scrubbers, electrostatic precipitators and fabric filters.
   Auxiliary air correction equipment for odor control should not be required
with the fluidized bed incinerator process.  In this instance, odors will
be eliminated by oxidation in the combustor.  The operating temperature of
 the  fluidized bed  combustor  is  1400  to  1500 F which  is  adequate  for most
                          0285
 odor producing  compounds.       If  odor  control  is  a  problem with certain
 hazardous  wastes,  then  an afterburner can  be added to the  incineration
 process  as a means of control.

   Control  of gaseous pollutants will depend upon  the waste  and  its  com-
 uustion  products.   Because of its  relativately  low and  controlled temperature
 environment, fluidized  bed incinerators  should  produce  little or no  nitric
 oxide,  a distinct  advantage  for this type  of equipment.
                                   120

-------
     A rather Interesting and unique technique for scrubbing sulfur oxides
with fluidized beds is the utilization of calcined limestone particles in
place of sand as the bed material.    '      Scrubbing efficiencies up to
90 percent have been obtained in experimental applications involving fossil
fuel combustion gases.      In this work, the fluidized bed was utilized
purely as a desulfurization device, and not as a combustor.  However, it is
conceivable that a limestone bed or a sand-limestone mixture could be used
in place of pure sand in an incinerator application to scrub a significant
portion of the sulfur oxides produced by the waste combustion.  The remaining
sulfur oxides would be removed by conventional wet scrubbing equipment.  It
should again be emphasized that this is a conceptual approach and has not
been reduced to practice.

     Process Applicability.  The fluidized bed incinerator is generally
applicable to the ultimate disposal of combustible solid, liquid and gaseous
wastes; a significant advantage over most other incineration methods.  For
that reason, it is probable that this type of Incineration unit would find
application at a National Disposal Site, especially considering its suit-
ability to the disposal of sludges generated in any biological treatment
facilities which would be present at the site.  It has the following ad-
vantages and limitations:

     Advantages
     (1)  The combustor design concept is simple and does not require
          moving parts in the elevated temperature regions of combustion.
     (2)  Designs are compact due to high volumetric heating rates
          (100,000 to 200,000 Btu/hr-ft3) resulting in lower capital
          investment.
     (3)  Comparatively low gas temperatures and excess air require-
          ments* minimize formation of nitric oxide.
     *For example, excess air requirements as low as 5 percent have been
 reported in the  combustion of coal in fluidized bed reactions.  Low excess
 air  requirements  reduce the size and cost of gas handling equipment.

                                     121

-------
 Limitations
 (!)  Bed diameters are limited with  present design technology;
     therefore, maximum volumetric flow rates per unit are
     limited.
 (2) Removal  of inert residual material from  the bed is a potential
     problem area.

                      pa+aiyHc Incineration

   catalytic incinerators are devices which are

—: r n riir^r :.        .«
       c oration,  has ,een successful use, In the cH.Ua, process
1n
-------
     Operating Principle.  There are five steps in any solid catalyzed
vapor phase reaction.      These five basic steps are:
    (1)  Diffusion of the reactants through the stagnant fluid around
         the surface of the catalyst.
    (2)  Adsorption of the reactants on the catalytic surface.
    (3)  Reaction of the adsorbed reactants to form products.
    (4)  Desorption of the products from the catalytic surface.
    (5)  Diffusion of the products through the pores and surface
         film to the bulk- vapor phase outside the catalyst.
     Therefore, given the identical support, the rate of steps (1) and
(5) would be approximately equal regardless of the dispersed catalytic
metal which is present.  The criteria which govern the effectiveness of
operation for various catalytic metals must  therefore  fall into
steps (2), (3) or (4).  These criteria include reaction temperature,
waste material concentration, excess oxygen available, the chemical
composition of the catalyst and the geometric configuration of the
individual catalysts.

    The operating efficiency (percent of the waste organic combusted to
carbon dioxide and water) of a catalytic system is strongly dependent
upon the catalyst temperature.   Increased catalyst temperatures generally
result in increased removal  efficiencies.   A tabulation of removal effi-
ciencies of various solvents as a function of catalyst temperature is pre-
                 nflfi?
sented  (Table 6).      The  data summarizes the type and quantity  of  coating
applied,  the  type and quantity of solvent evolved, the oven  temperature,
the catalyst  temperature and the removal efficiency for a  coating oven
during  tests with a  catalytic  incinerator.

     The waste compound concentration as well as the oxygen concentration
in the gas stream have narked effects upon catalytic combustion efficiency.
The combustible waste concentration in the gas stream have marked effects
upon catalytic combustion efficiency.  The combustible waste concentration

                                    123

-------
                                                      TABLE  6
                  CATALYTIC OXIDATION  OF  SOLVENT  VAPORS  EVOLVED  FROM A  COATING OVEN*
                                                                                                     .0862
Coating Quantity of Coating Evolved ^ved^nr"
V1nyl 19 Xylol and Isophorone 120
V1nyi 43 Methyl/isobutyl 271
He tone
FBO,V IB 6 Xylol and Butyl Cello- 86
*"* solve
Phenolic 18 5 Mineral Spirits 88
Oleoreslnous 1' 5 Mineral Spirits 77
Altyd 8 Mineral Spirits 30
Avenge Oven Catalyst Ten*).
350 800
920
1050
1200
340 840
890
930
990
350 800
900
414 730
425 800
920
1050
1200
290 690
700
800
920
1050
1200
! Solvent
Removal
28
54
77
93
77
79
BS
88
79
81
65
80
89
94
95
41
52
80
89
94
95
The catalysts discharge temperature -as held constant for each test and superficial gas velocities Mere constant
•Ithln - IS percent for all data points

-------
in the stream to be treated should never exceed the lower flammability
limit in order to guard against explosion and fire.  However,  it  is
desirable to operate with as high a concentration of combustible  (below the
lower flammability limit) as possible  since conversion  efficiencies
are generally proportional to combustible compound concentrations when
other operating variables are held constant.  The conversion efficiency
of catalytic combustors is also effected by the oxygen concentration
present in the feed gas stream.  It has been found that increased oxygen
concentration  results in increased efficiency when other parameters  are
held constant.  There is, however, a trade-off, as oxygen concentration is
increased in a gas stream (through air injection), the contaminant con-
centration is decreased.  That is, the efficiency of the system will  be
increased by oxygen addition while simultaneously being decreased by con-
taminant dilution.  There is generally an optimum which must be determined
for individual disposal systems.  The normal effective range for catalytic
oxidation extends from a very few parts per million of combustible up to
a heating value of 20 Btu/std cu ft.


     The chemical composition of a catalyst affects conversion efficiencies.
The various noble metals such as platinum, palladium, rhodium, etc.,  as
well as copper chromite and the oxides of copper, chromimum, manganese, nickel,
and cobalt, in varying concentrations have been applied successfully  to the
catalytic oxidation of various combustible compounds.  However, in air
pollution control it has not been practical to undertake research programs
to develop specific catalysts for each problem.  Therefore, the goal
of commercial manufacturers has been to make available universal  catalysts
which are effective in oxidizing the entire range of organic materials
over an extended period of exposure time with minimum maintenance and
replacement.0304'0862

    When selecting a catalyst material care must be taken to make sure  that
there are no poisoning agents, activity suppressants or fouling agents  present
which inhibit the catalysts' effectiveness.  With platinum family catalysts,
contaminants to look out for are:

                                     125

-------
    Poisons:           Heavy metals
                       Phosphates
                       Arsenic compounds
    Suppressants:      Halogens  (elemental and compounds)
                       Sulfur compounds
    Fouling  Agents:    Alumina and  silica  dusts
                       Iron oxides
                       Silicones

 Other  materials  that may  reduce  catalytic  effectiveness  in  general  are  the
 vapors of metals such  as  mercury,  zinc  and lead.     '       Catalyst manu--
 facturers can  generally specify  which materials  are  detrimental  to  catalysts
 which  they market.

     The geometric configuration  of tne  individual  catalysts can  also in-
fluence the extent of the  oxidation of a gaseous  waste.   There are many
commercial catalysts available in pellet, spherical or ring form.  However",
in air pollution work, which  is generally operated at or near atmospheYic
pressure, usually the pressure drop through catalyst beds of these types
is so  large that the horsepower of the waste gas fan becomes too great for
economical operation.  Therefore, three general commercial1 catalysts with-
a very low pressure drop  (1/4 to 1/2 in.W.C.) have been developed (Figure 6).
The first ,is a mat type catalyst similar to an air filter.   It consists
of a ribbion type "Nichrome" or stainless  steel wire to which the catalytfc
material  has been applied, randomly packed between screens  and mounted  in
 a stainless  steel frame.  The second is a  porcelain  assembly consisting
 of two end plates which are secured by  a center  post and  a  number of tear-
 drop-shaped  rods to which'the catalyst  is  applied.   In  this  case the carrier
 is procelain which  is  first coated  with  activated  alumina and then  with an
 active metal coating.  The third is honeycomb  type ceramic  material  to  which
 the catalytic  material is applied.0304  The geometric configuration best
 suited for specific  applications  can usually be  suggested by the catalyst-
 manufacturer.

-------
     MAT SUPPORTED CATALYST
                                                PORCELAIN SUPPORTED CATALYST
          HONEYCOMB SUPPORTED CATALYST
Figure 6.   Commercially Used Catalyst Configurations0304
                                   1*7

-------
     Process Design.   There are certain prerequisites  required for an  ef-
ficient catalytic operation.  The basic requirements  include  intimate
mixing of the combustibles in the stream to be treated.   The  stream must
be brought up to the catalytic ignition temperature for the combustible
to be burned, and good temperature distribution through the catalyst bed
is essential.  Sufficient oxygen must be present in the waste effluent or
must be added to it to ensure oxidation of the materials.  The system must
be designed so that proper  velocities and retention times through and with-
in the catalyst bed are maintained.

     The  influent gas stream  should be  free of particulate in order to ensure
against catalyst fouling.  Therefore, if the stream contains  high particulate
loadings, a pretreatment of filtration or electrostatic precipitation would
be required prior to catalytic oxidation.  In such cases, it is generally
more economical to treat the waste gas stream with thermal incineration.

    Basically, a catalytic  .incinerator  consists of an afterburner housing
containing  a  preheating  section  (if one  is necessary) and a catalyst  section.
A gas  burner  preheats the  contaminated  gases  before they flow to  the
catalyst  section.   Drawings of two catalytic  incinerator  installations  are
presented (Figures  7  and 8).   An arrangement  for  the  recovery of  heat from
the  incinerator  gases  is illustrated  (Figure  8).

     Frequently,  the contaminated gases are delivered  to the  afterburner
 by the fan exhausting process equipment.  In  one  type of catalytic in-
 cinerator, the exhaust fan is located within  the  afterburner housing
 between the preheat burner.and the catalyst bed.   This *an also mixes
 the gases and attributes them evenly over the catalyst.  Cohdensates
 do not occur in the fan since? it operates above condensation temperature.
 Of course, the fan must be constructed of materials that can withstand
  the maximum  temperature of the  gases being handled.
                                      128

-------
        DISCHARGE TO
         ATMOSPHERE
              CATALYST
                           PREHEAT
                          BURNERS
                                           o o o o  o o
fi
                                             GASEOUS
                                             INFLUENT
                                             CONTAINING
                                             COMBUSTIBLE
                                             MATERIAL
Figure  7.   Catalytic Incineration Without  Heat Recovery
                                                     ,0862
                    129

-------
                                               HEAT
                                             EXCHANGER
 CATALYST
PERFORATED
  PLATE
   PREHEAT
   BURNERS"
                                                                    I
  DISCHARGE
TO ATMOSPHERE
                                                                                GASEOUS INFLUENT
                                                                                CONTAINING COMBUSTIBLE
                                                                                MATERIAL
                   Figure 8-.   Catalytic Incineration- wi-th Heat Recovery
                                                                     0862

-------
     The interior chamber of the afterburner may be constructed of 11 to Ifa
gage black iron, heat-resisting steel, stainless steel, or refractory
materials.  Heat-resisting steel should be used for operating temperatures
between 750  and 1,100 F; stainless steel is recommended for operating
temperatures exceeding 1,100 F.  Refractory materials are recommended for
temperatures exceeding 1,300 F.  A thickness of 4 to 6 inches of similar
thermal insulation is required unless refractory materials are used.   The
exterior sheet is usually fabricated from 16 to 20 gage mild steel.  The
framework is usually fabricated from standard structural steel.  Gas
                                                                            rtOCO
velocities througn the chamber of about 20 fps have been found satisfactory.
     The contaminated gases are preheated to the reaction temperature by a
gas burner before passing thorugh the catalyst.  When the preheat burner is
on the discharge side of a fan, a premix gas 'burner is normally used because
of the positive pressure in the combustion chamber.  When the fan is between
the preheat burner and the catalyst bed, an atmospheric burner may be used
since a negative pressure exists in the preheat section of the combustor.
Sizing the preheat burner to  increase the temperatue of the contaminated
gases to  the  required catalyst discharge temperature without  regard  to the
heating value of the  combustible materials  is  advisable  especially if considerable
variation in  concentration occurs.  The concentration of combustibles from
process equipment is normally 25 percent of the lower explosive limit or
less  to meet  the requirements of the National  Board of Fire Underwriters.
Experience indicates  that the preheat burner should have sufficient  capacity
to heat the  contaminated gas  stream to 950  F minimum to obtain adequate
                                                                      rtQ/TO
catalytic combustion  of  the  compounds that  are more difficult to  burn.
 some burning of contaminants usually  occurs in the preheating zone.   The
 preheated gases then flow through  the catalyst bed where the remaining
 combustible  contaminants are burned by  catalysis.
                                       131

-------
     A direct relationship is  believed to exist  between  the  autoignition
temperature of an organic vapor and the temperature  at which catalytic
oxidation will occur.   In other words, the higher the autoignition
temperature of a compound, the higher the expected temperature required
                        nOCO
for catalytic oxidation.

     Catalytic incinerators possess an inherent maintenance  factor not
present in other types of incinerators; namely,  that usage of the catalyst
produces a gradual loss of activity through fouling and erosion of the
catalyst surface.  Occasional  cleaning and eventual  replacement of the
catalyst are  therefore  required.

     Modulating controls on the burner regulated by the catalyst discharge
gas temperature are usually used.  This  allows the fuel gas input to the
preheat burner to be reduced as the rate of heat released in the catalyst
bed increases as a result of larger concentrations of combustible vapors.
                                                                       <
The sensing  instrument  commonly used  is  a type employing a  fluid-filled
oulb for detecting gas  temperature with  capillary and bellows.  Movement
of the bellows is amplified and transmitted to the preheat  burner gas valve
and combustion air blower blast gate.  Electronic instruments are used less
                                                 f\ QC O
frequently because of considerably greater cost.

     When  operating conditions do not vary greatly,  an  improved means  of
ensuring maximum  combustion efficiency seems  to  be  the  firing  of the preheat
burner at  a  fixed  input capable of heating the  contaminated gases-to the
temperature  required  for complete oxidation at  the  maximum  rate  of  influx.
 Installation of a high-temperature-limiting control  on  the  downstream  side
 of the catalyst may be  necessary  to  prevent overheating of  the catalyst
    ..    0862
 section.

      Finally, the burned gases are discharged through  a stack to the atmosphere,
 to a process that may use the sensible heat  of the  exhaust  gases,  such as
 a bake oven or dryoff oven, or they may be passed through an exchanger for
 heating the gases entering the combustor, which thereby reduces  the amount
 of fuel  required by the preheat burners.

                                   132

-------
     Process Economics.   The installed capital  investment  cost  of a  cata-
lytic incineration system is a function of the  difficulty  of the combustion
reaction, inclusion of auxiliary equipment, materials  of construction  and
the extent of heat recovery.  Operating costs generally reflect fuel con-
sumption in the preheater (and are therefore a function of influent  gas
temperature, catalyst temperature, and heat recovery)  as well as periodic
catalyst replacement of activation.  Estimates from various literature
sources of both capital and operating costs are presented  (Table 7).

     Process Modifications.  Basically, the only process modifications
utilized in catalytic incineration is waste heat recovery through heat
exchange with  or  recirculation  of the hot effluent gas exiting the catalyst
bed.  Where the combustible concentration is relatively high, i.e., where
the  temperature rise through  the bed  approaches 400 F  or more,  it is often
desirable  to  take a portion of  the hot  gases after passage  through  the
catalyst and  recirculate  them,  combining  them with relatively  low temper-
ature  influent prior  to introducing them  into  the catalytic system.   In
this way,  a stream at  approximately 300 F could be combined with a  portion
of the effluent from  the  catalyst  at  700  F,  bringing  the  inlet  temperature
 up to 500 F,  thereby  reducing the preheat to a minimum.   Another method of
 reducing the preheat  required,  even when  the combustible  content is rela-
 tively low, is to incorporate a heat  exchanger.   The  influent  to the  pro-
 cess is passed through the "cold" side of the heat exchanger,  then  passed
 over the preheat burner and through  the catalyst  bed.  The effluent from
 the catalyst is passed through the "hot"  side of the  heat exchanger,  there-
 by  increasing the temperature of the influent up to  the approximate ignition
 temperature of the catalyst.  These two alternatives  along with that of not
 utilizing heat recovery are presented  (Figure 9).
                                     133

-------
                                                                     TABLE 7
                                             PROCESS ECONOMICS  FOR CATALYTIC  INCINERATION
CJ


uata from Reference No. 1533
Basic Catalytic Unit
Catalytic Unit with Heat
Exchanger
Data from Reference No. 0285
Basic Catalytic Unit
Catalytic Jnit With Heat
Amount of
Gas Treated
scfm(a)
10,000
10,000
10,000
10,000
Influent
Gas Temp.
F
350
550
350
550
300
300
Capital
Cost
S/scfm
2.30
2.30
2.85
3.39
2.00 - 2.50
- 3.50 - 4.50
Annual
fuel Lost
S/Year
14,600
4,800
7.100
(0
(o)
(»)
         Exchanger
         Data From Reference No.  1461
         Basic Catalytic Unit
5,000
                          400
                                                  3.00
                                                                                    3.800
           a  Contaminants are at less  than 25S of L.E.L.
          (b) No data available
          ^ No fuel Is required.   The preheat exchanger saves  $14,600 annually in fuel  costs.

-------
 INFLUENT
              PREHEAT
              BURNERS
                 c
FAN
                                   CATALYST
                                 EFFLUENT TO
                                 ATMOSPHERE
               PREHEAT
               BURNERS
                 C
FAN
         CATALYST
 INFLUENT
                                EFFLUENT TO
                                 ATMOSPHERE
                       RECIRCULATED HOT GAS
                PREHEAT
                BURNERS
FAN
                                    CATALYST
                             HEAT
                           EXCHANGER
                                                           EFFLUENT TO
                                                           ATMOSPHERE
                                                INFLUENT
Figure  9.  Heat Recovery Options
                              0304
                                   135

-------
     Process Applicability.   Due  to the  form of  the waste material  to be
treated (dilute and in the gaseous  state)  catalytic incineration  is  best
suited for use at the processing  site where the  waste  material  is generated.
A listing of some of the typical  industrial applications of catalytic in-
cineration systems is presented (Table 8).

     Catalytic incineration would find use at a  National Disposal Site
only as a secondary treatment (i.e., afterburner)  on  primary'treatment
processes evolving varying amounts  of miscellaneous hydrocarbons, alcohols,
amines, acids, esters, aldehydes  and many other contaminants which are
basically hydrocarbon in nature.   These materials  have varying degrees  of
toxicity and different odor-levels; however, they all  lend themselves  to
catalytic oxidation.  Generally,  the commercial  catalysts  available for
installation in operations which emit compounds of this kind are not specific.
That is, they tend to oxidize all combustible? organic compounds in the  stream
regardless  of their type and concentration.  Catalysts are also effective in
the reduction of oxides of nitrogen and in burning sulfur bearing compounds.
such as hydrogen sulfide and carbon bisulfide.
                                      136

-------
             TABLE 8
TYPICAL INDUSTRIAL APPLICATIONS OF

CATALYTIC INCINERATION SYSTEMS1580
      Automotive paint baking
      Coil  & strip  coating
      Metal parts finishing
      Metal decorating
      Wire  enameling
      Hardboard coating  & curing
      Resin manufacture
      Oil bodying
      Varnish  cooking
      Oil sulfurization
      Acrylate polymerization
      Oil hydrogenation
      Oil quenching
      Asphalt  blowing
      Tar & asphalt coating  &  saturating
      Phthalic and  maleic anhydride  manufacture
      Nitric acid  plants
      Etching  & dissolving metals  with  nitric acid
       Fungicide manufacture
      Pharmaceutical  manufacture
      Vitamin  manufacturing
       Rice  browning
       Corn  popping
      Nut roasting
       Coffee roasting
       Smoke houses
       Potato chip cooking
       Rendering  of animal  by-products
       Carbon baking
       Metal chip drying
       Foundry core baking
       Brake shoe bonding and burn-off
       Paper coating
       Printing
       Fabric finishing & curing
       Paper mill  digesters
       Fertilizer processing
       Waste water stripping incinerators
       Investment casting & mold burnout
       Synthetic rubber manufacture
       Sewage  treatment
               137

-------
                          Rotary Kiln Incinerators
      Rotary kiln incinerators are versatile units  which  can  be  used  to  dispose
 of solid, liquid and gaseous combustible wastes.   They have  been  utilized
 in both industrial  and municipal  installations. 0167,1002,1672,0053  Ip
 addition, applications of rotary  kiln  incineration to the  disposal of ob-
 solete chemical  warfare agents and munitions  have  been reported.0958'1688'1689
      Operation Principle.  The rotary kiln incinerator is a cylindrical
 shell lined with firebrick or other refractory and mounted with its axis
 at a slight s.lope from the horizontal.  It is a highly efficient unit whe'n
 applied to solids, liquids, sludges and tars because of its ability to
 attain excellent mixing of unburned waste and oxygen as it revolves.  Its
 use as a concentrated waste gas combustor is considered a secondary appli-
 cation.  This is due to the fact that although proper conditions are present
 for efficient gas combustion (i.e., long residence time at elevated temper-
 atures) there is no need for .the cylinder to be rotating.  Therefore rotary
 kiln incinerators are used for gaseous waste combustion only in conjunction
 with solid or liquid waste incineration.

     Rotary kiln  incinerators used  in municipal applications are generally
designed to handle large  volumes of solid combustible waste (refuse) along
with any entrained  liquid.  In this type of facility, the kiln actually
serves as a secondary combustion unit since the waste material is ignited
on traveling grates prior to entering the kiln (Figure 10).  In this instance,
the kiln serves mainly as an efficient mixer of the burning waste with com-
bustion air.0053

     Rotary kiln incinerators when applied to industrial (includes  military)
applications are generally designed to accept both solid  and liquid feed.
A typical major industrial installation is operated by the Dow Chemical
Company at Midland, Michigan (Figure II)1002.  This particular unit consists
of a 65 million Btu/hr kiln that is used for the incineration of solid
chemical refuse, liquid residues, paper, wood and other solids of varying
Btu/content.  A pack-feed mechanism is used to feed packs and drums of
solid waste chemicals into the incinerator.
                                       138

-------
     CHARGING
     CHUTE
                                                             TO EXPANSION CHAMBER
                                                             AND GAS SCRUBBER
                                                 RESIDUE CONVEYORS
Figure 10.  Municipal  Rotary Kiln  Incineration Facility
                                                         ,0053

-------
                                      a TAR PUMPING
                                         PACK STORAGE AND
                                         FEEDING FACILITY
                                                          SCRAP METAL
                                                          FLY ASH
                                                          RESIDUE
Figure  11.  Typical  Major Industrial  Rotary Kiln Incineration Facility
                                                                  1002

-------
    Liquid wastes transported to the incinerator are transferred to designated
receiving tanks that contain compatible wastes.   All drums of liquid wastes
are also transferred to the receiving tank by the way of a drum-dumping dock.
The waste is strained as it is pumped from the receiving tank into a burning
tank, where it is blended for optimum burning characteristics.  All liquid
residues are burned in suspension by atomization with steam or air.

    Drum quantities of solid tars are destroyed by feeding them into the
rotary-kiln incinerator via a hydraulically operated drum and pack-feeding
mechanism.  All  refuse, except full arums and packs of material, is dumped
into the refuse  pit.  An overhead crane is used to mix the refuse and raise
it  to the charging hopper of the rotary kiln  (see Figure  11).

    While the  solid  refuse  is being fed,  liquid tars are  fired horizontally
into the  rotary  kiln.  As the refuse moves down the kiln, organic matter
is  destroyed,  leaving  an inorganic  ash.   This ash   is made up primarily
of  slag,  and  other nonburnables  such as drums and other metallic material.
The ash discharges from the end  of  the kiln  into  a  conveyor  trough  that
contains water.   Afer  quenching, the material is  conveyed into  a  dumping
trailer, and  then to a landfill.

     After leaving the kiln, the products  of  combustion  enter the  secondary
combustion chamber and impinge  on refractory surfaces that cause  a swirling
 action.  No secondary fuel  or afterburners are  used.   Downstream of the
 secondary combustion chamber, the gases pass through several banks of
 water sprays in which the flyash is knocked down and sluiced onto the
 ash-conveyor floor.  Cooled gases pass under a stack damper and then to
 a  200-ft. stack.

     There are a variety of small relatively portable and inexpensive
 rotary kiln incinerators currently marketed.  These units usually are
 not as versatile as large  installations  because they generally lack
 the auxiliary equipment utilized in pretreatment of heterogeneous feeds.
                                    141

-------
An example of this type of unit is the completely packaged compact THUMBLE-
BURNER, designed by Bartlett-Snow (Figure 12). 1672  These units have capacity
ranging from 100 pounds to 2 tons per nour with corresponding overall system
dimensions ranging from 5X5X15 feet to 14X15X34 feet.  This type of system
will efficiently incinerate properly sized solid waste material with heat
content ranging from 1000 to 15,000 Btu per pound.   It is also capable of
burning gaseous and liquid wastes when they are  injected through the aux-
iliary burner which is used for  incinerator temperature  control.

     The rotary  kiln has been successfully  applied  to the Inclneritfon of
obsolete  or  excess chemical warfare  agents (GB.  VX and mustard)     .
 In this case,  the waste  is  carefully fed to the  unit at  a relatively slow
 flow rate and  supplemented by  fuel  oil  flame.   The liquid chemical  warfare
 agents are fed cocurrent to the fuel oil flame.  All incineration con-
 trols are fail-safe  and the agent feed is equipped with  a fast acting
 cutoff valve in the  event of loss of flame.

  sent to ultimate disposal.

      Rotary kilns have also been used to incinerate explosives such as
  obsolete munitions.  In this case, the explosive is fed countercurrent
  to a fuel oil flame.  The kiln is equipped with an internal spiral to convey
  materials. through the furnace.  Feed and discharge is accomplished with
  metal  conveyers.  The effluent fume scrubbing system consists of a packed
  bed scrubber, utilizing a sodium carbonate solution, followed by a hydro-
  clone  or  venturi  scrubber.  The scrubber liquor containing fly ash and
  a  sodium  nitrate-nitrite mixture is then dried and sent to ultimate
          ,  0958,1688
  disposal.
                                     142

-------
1  WASTE TO INCINERATOR
2  AUTO-CYCLE FEEDING SYSTEM:
   FEED HOPPER, PNEUMATIC FEEDER, SLIDE GATES
3  COMBUSTION AIR IN
4  REFRACTORY-LINED, ROTATING CYLINDER
5  TUMBLE-BURNING ACTION
6  INCOMBUSTIBLE ASH
7  ASH BIN
8  AUTO-CONTROL PACKAGE:
   PROGRAMMED PILOT BURNER
9  SELF-COMPENSATING INSTRUMENTATION-CONTROLS
10 WET-SCRUBBER PACKAGE:
   STAINLESS STEEL, CORROSION-FREE WET SCRUBBER; GAS QUENCH
11  EXHAUST FAN AND STACK
12 RECYCLE WATER, FLY-ASH SLUDGE COLLECTOR
13 SUPPORT FRAME
14 SUPPORT PIERS
15 AFTERBURNER CHAMBER
16 PRECOOLER
Figure  12.   Portable Rotary  Kiln Incineration  Units
                                                        1672

-------
     Process Design.  Specific data on rotary kiln incinerator design para-
meters are scarce.  This is due to the fact that incineration is a relatively
new application for rotary kilns.  Additionally, information of this type
is generally considered proprietary by manufacturers.

    Information sources indicate that  rotary kiln incinerators  generally
have a length to diameter ratio (L/D)  between 2 and 10.  Smaller L/D ratios
result in less particulate carry over.   Rotational  speeds of the  kiln are
usually much slower than those for kilns which are utilized as  calciners
or dryers and are on the order of 1 to 5 feet per minute measured at the
kiln periphery.  Both the L/D ratio and the rotational speed are  strongly
dependent upon the type of waste being combusted.  In general,  larger L/D
ratios along with slower rotational speeds are used when the waste material
requires longer residence times in the kiln for complete combustion.

     The residence time and combustion temperature required for proper  in-
cineration is  totally  dependent upon the waste materials combustion  char-
acteristics.   Combustion temperatures usually range  from 1,600 F to  3,000  F.
Required residence times vary from seconds  to hours.   For  instance,  a
finely divided propellant may require 0.5 seconds while wooden boxes,
municipal refuse, and  railroad ties may require  5, 15  and  60 minutes res-
pectively.1701
    When it  is desired  to increase the capacity  of an  existing kiln  in-
 cinerator,  consideration  should be given  to the  following  changes:
    (1)   Increase  charge to  the  kiln.
    (2)   Increase  temperature  and  quantity  of  combustion  gases.
    (3)   Decrease  quantity of  air  in excess  of combustion needs.
    (4)   Increase  speed of rotation of  kiln.
    (5)   Increase  capacity of  feeding  and  discharge  mechanisms.
    (6)   Decrease  moisture content of  feed material.
    (7)   Increase temperature  "of feed  material.

                                       144

-------
    (8)   Preheat all  combustion air.
    (9)   Reduce leakage of cold air into  kiln.
   (10)   Increase stack draft  by increasing  height or by  use of jets.
   (11)   Install  instrumentation to control  the  kiln at maximum-capacity
         conditions.

      Efficient air seals  are  essential for  the  controlled and economical
 operation  of kiln incinerators.   They  reduce outside air entrance; certain
 types effectively prevent entrance of  all outside air.   The inflow of air is
 the  result of the kiln incinerator operating under reduced pressures which
 are  caused by downstream  induced draft fans and thermal  lift from the stack.
 This  reduced pressure  is  necessary to ensure against any leakage of undesir-
 able material  to the surroundings.1673'1701

    The  simplest type  of  air  seal  is a floating T-section ring mounted on
 a wearing  pad around the  feed end  of the kiln shell.   The web of the T-ring
 is confined  within circular retainer plates (Figure 13).   The floating-type
 discharge-end  air seal consists of a circular bar which floats on a wearing
 pad and which  can be moved to provide the desired operating clearance bet-
 ween air seal  and support.  The floating ring and the fixed portion of these
 seals can  be  furnished with renewable wearing surfaces.   Air infiltration
 through this  type of seal  is usually less than  10 percent.   For further re-
 duction of air infiltration, lantern-ring-type  floating seals, pressurized
with inert gas or stack gases, are employed.1673*1701


      Process Economics.   Capital  and operating  cost data on rotary kiln
 incineration systems  are  scarce.   The  installed capital  investment will
 vary significantly depending  upon the  type  and  quantity  of waste being
 incinerated, the quantity and sophistication of water and air correction
 equipment, waste pretreatment equipment, materials of construction and the
 extent of  heat recovery equipment.  Operating costs are mostly dependent
 upon  the amount  of secondary  fuel  required, replacement of refractory
 linings  (usually about once per year), heat recovery and labor.
                                   145

-------
                    (a)
                                           T RING
                                              WEARING PAD
                                          RETAINER PLATES
(b)
(a)  SINGLE - FLOATING - TYPE - FEED- END AIR SEAL
(b)  SINGLE - FLOATING - TYPE AIR SEAL ON AIR - COOLED TAPERED-FEED END
 Figure  13.  Kiln Seal Arrangements
                                 1673,1701
                               146

-------
    Uninstalled costs of the rotary kiln  itself  are  reported  to run between
$30 and $60 per cubic foot of kiln.1674*1701  Installation  Is  generally  about
200 percent of the purchased cost.1674  Kiln  maintenance averages  5 to  10
percent of the total installed cost per year  but is  dependent largely on the
life of the refractory lining.1673  These costs  do not take  into account
secondary combustion chambers, heat recovery  equipment or  air correction
equipment.

      Installed costs for large municipal  type rotary  kiln incineration systems
 (as  discussed in the section on  Operation Principle)  are  on  the order  of
 $10,000 per daily ton of feed capacity.0582  This cost includes waste  heat
 broilers utilized for steam generation.   The installed cost  of relatively
 small industrial type rotary kiln incinerator systems (as presented in
 Figure 13) range from $2,500 to  $5,000 per daily-ton  of feed capacity,
 depending on the specific application.

      Process Modifications.°053'0582»1701 Basically, the only process mod-
 ification utilized in rotary kiln incineration  is waste  heat recovery
 (Figure 14).  This practice is seldom followed  in industrial and military
 applications due to the expense of heat recovery equipment and the fluctu-
 ations incurred in both waste feed quantity and composition.  There have
 been instances however, when waste heat boilers have been used to recover
 heat from gaseous effluents where there is need for steam elsewhere on the
 industrial site.   In these  cases, the incinerators also function as boilers
 and constant  heat  output must be maintained through the use of auxiliary
 fuels.
     Large municipal installations generally  utilize heat  recovery either
 for power generation or preheating of combustion air.  In the latter   case,
 a significant increase in incineration capacity can be realized.  These
 alternatives are generally economically attractive  because  of the large
 volumes of waste(refuse) and the relatively constant heat content of  the
 waste  (usually 4800 to 6500 Btu/pound).
                                       347

-------
        SOLID WASTE
  SECONDARY FUEL
  AND/OR GASEOUS
  OR LIQUID WASTES
ROTARY KILN
INCINERATOR
             COMBUSTION
                AIR
       (A) NO HEAT RECOVERY
        SOLID WASTE,.,

 SECONDARY FUEL
 AND OR GASEOUS
 OR LIQUID WASTFi
         SOLID RESIDUES
         TO ULTIMATE
         DISPOSAL
                                          EFFLUENT
                                          TO SCRUBBERS
                                          AND STACK
STEAM TO POWER
GENERATOR OR OTHER
INPLANT USE
 ROTARY KILN
 INCINERATOR
                                                       EFFLUENT
                                                       TO SCRUBBERS
                                                       AND STACK
            COMBUSTION
                 AIR
        (B)  WITH A WASTE HEAT BOILER
                                                                               BOILER
                                        SOLID
                                        RESIDUES TO
                                        ULTIMATE
                                        DISPOSAL
                                                                        WATER
                                                                     COMBUSTION
                                                                     AIR
        SOLID WASTE.
  SECONDARY FUEL
  AND-OR GASEOUS
  OR LIQUID WASTES
      COMBUSTION
          AIR
  ROTARY KILN
  INCINERATOR
                                  SOLID
                                  RESIDUES TO
                                  ULTIMATE
                                  DISPOSAL
                                                       EFFLUENT
                                                       TO SCRUBBERS
                                                       AND STACK.
                                                                             RECUPERATOR
       (C) WITH COMBUSTION AIR PREHEATING
Figure  14.    Heat Recovery Options
                                           148

-------
     Process Applicability.  The rotary kiln incinerator is generally ap-
plicable to the ultimate disposal of any form of combustible waste material
and represents proven technology.  It can incinerate combustible solids
(including explosives), liquids (including chemical warfare agents), gases,
sludges and tars.  For that reason, it is very likely that a National
Disposal Site would contain a large industrial type rotary kiln incinerator
installation such as the one operated by the Dow Chemical Company at Midland,
Michigan (discussed in the Section on Operation Principle).  The National
Disposal Site facility would require the addition of highly efficient
secondary abatement equipment such as scrubbers and precipitators.

                          Liquid Waste Combustors

      Liquid waste combustors are versatile units  which  can be  used  to  dispose
of virtually any combustible liquid waste with a  viscosity less than 10,000
SSU.   There are a wide variety of liquid waste combustors presently  market-
ed, however they are generally classified as being either horizontal or
vertical incineration units.   These units have found wide usage throughout
the manufacturing industries.

     Operation Principle.      Before a  liquid waste can be combusted, it
must be converted to the gaseous state.  This change from a liquid  to a
gas occurs  inside the combustion chamber and requires heat transfer from
the hot combustion product gases to the  injected  liquid.  In order  to effect
a  rapid vaporization (i.e.,  increase heat transfer), it  is desirable to
increase the exposed liquid  surface area.  Most commonly the amount of
surface exposed to heat is increased by  finely atomizing the liquid to
small droplets of 40u size or smaller.   This atomization can be achieved
mechanically, by two phase flow, or by a combination of both methods.  It
is usually  achieved in the liquid burner directly at the point of fuel and
air mixing.
                                     149

-------
      Atomization is the heart of any good liquid incinerator.   Mechanical
means of atomization include rotary cup and pressure atomization.   The
rotary cup consists of an open cup mounted on a hollow shaft.  The cup is
spun rapidly and liquid admitted through the hollow shaft.  A thin film
of the liquid to be atomized is centrifugally torn from the lip of the cup
and surface tension reforms it into droplets.  To achieve conical  shaped
flames an annular high velocity jet of air (primary air) must be directed
axially around the cup.  If too little primary air isvadmitted the fuel
will impinge on the sides of the incinerator.  If too much primary air
is admitted the flame will not be stable, and will be-blown off the cup.
For fixed firing rates, the proper adjustment can be found and the unit
operated long periods of time without cleaning.

      Pressure atomizing may take many forms.  The familiar garden hose
nozzle is one example. 'Most commonly the liquid is given a direction by
internal tangential guide slots to the center of the nozzle and then re-
leased axially through an orifice.  Good atomization can be achieved "at
moderate pressures (100 to 150 psi).  Disadvantages include a limited -
variable flow range at low pressures and, especially in the smaller sizes,
a tendency to plug with foreign matter.  Large sizes are reasonably free
from this problem.

     Two-fluid nozzles may be used to impinge a compressible gas on a
liquid to tear it into small particles.  The compressible gas may be air,
nitrogen, steam, etc.   Steam is quite commonly used as a low cost source
of compressed gas.  These nozzles may take three forms:  internal  mix,
external mix or sonic.

      As the name  implies, internal mix nozzles  impinge the gas and liquid
before  it is sprayed  from the nozzle.  External mix nozzles  impinge jets of
gas and  liquid together;outside of the nozzle body.  Sonic nozzles  (Fig"ure
15) use  the compressed gas to create high frequency sound waves which  are
directed on the liquid streams.  The liquid  passage is -large in diameter
and requires little pressure drop.  It can handle slurries or large particles
without  pluggage.  Most two-phase nozzles can operate  long periods without

                                  150

-------
                             BODY
  ATOMIZING
  WASTE
  FEED
                REVERSERAND
                FEED PASSAGE
                       \
RESONATOR
     i
Figure 15.   Typical Sonic Nozzle
                             0304
                       151

-------
difficulty and without cleaning.  A commor consumption figure is  1/2 scfm
of compressed gas per gph of fluid atomized.

      Liquid burners require considerably more turbulence and time to com-
plete combustion than do gas burners.  To complete combustion violent
turbulence of the droplets is desirable, and the larger the particles, the
greater distance they will go before being  completely vaporized and burned.
For  this  reason, forced draft units, if well designed, will have better com-
bustion characteristics than natural draft  units.  Burners must also be
located to prevent  flame  impingement on walls and, in the case of multi-
burner units,  interference with one  another.  While multiple  atomizers
can  be located  within  a  single  air register,  the  performance  will suffer,
and  combustion  volume  must  be added  to offset this characteristic.   When-
ever possible,  the  number of liquid  streams should be minimized.

       Liquid streams can carry  impurities of every  sort.   Futhermore, they
 may be highly viscous, which makes handling and atomizing difficult.
 Liquids  should generally have a viscosity of 10,000 SSU or less  to be
 satisfactorily pumped and handled in pipes.  For atomization, they should
 have a maximum viscosity of 750 SSU.  If the viscosity exceeds this value
 the atomization may not be fine enough, and the resultant droplets of un-
 burned liquid may  cause smoke  or  other unburned particles to leave the
 unit.  Viscosity can usually be controlled by heating with tank coils or
 in-line  heaters.   Should gases be evolved  in any quantity before the desired
 viscosity is reached, they  may cause  unstable fuel feed  and  burning.  If
 this occurs,  the gases  should  be  trapped and vented  safely,  either to the
 incinerator or elsewhere.   If  preheating  is  not  feasible,  a  lower  viscosity
 and miscible liquid may be added  to reduce the viscosity of the mixture.

        Prior to heating a liquid waste stream,  a  check should be made to
  insure that undesirable preliminary chemical reactions such as  polymerization,
  nitration, oxidation, etc., will not occur.  Should these occur,  it may be
  more desirable to fill disposable containers with the liquid and  treat
  them as solids.   Other preparatory steps may include filtration,  degassing,
  pressurizing, neutralizing, storage, mixing, etc.   In every one of these
  steps care must be employed to see that undesired and harmful results do not
                                       152

-------
occur.  Pump and piping materials of construction must be suitable for the
liquids encountered.  Heated liquids that can solidify or become too viscous
should have jacketed or traced piping.  Provision should be made to clean
out the piping and equipment when long shutdowns occur.  This is usually
done by purging with steam.  Certain atomizing nozzles should always be
blown clear with steam whenever flow is stepped.  If not, the residual
heat in the incinerator may cause thermal cracking of the liquid remaining
in the nozzles, resulting in partial or complete pluggage.

      Process  Design.   There  are basically two forms  of liquid waste  incin-
erators;  vertically  and horizontally  fired  units.  Units,  regardless  of
form,  usually  operate  at  temperatures  ranging from 1,200  F  to 3,000  F
(most  units operate  around  1,600  F) and  residence times  ranging  from  0.5
to  1.0 second.  Most units have combustion  chamber volumes  which  provide
for a  heat  release of  approximately 25,000  Btu/hr-ft3,  however,  the vortex
type  liquid combustor  has an unusually high heat release  of about  100,000
Btu/hr-ft3.

      A typical horizontally fired liquid waste incineration system is pre-
sented (Figure 16).  This particular system  is the one operated by the Dow
Chemical  Company at their Midland, Michigan facility.  The unit is a 81
million Btu/hr incinerator which has a combustion chamber 35 ft.  long and
10 ft  square in cross section.   Residue are  fed  to  the unit  through a  com-
bination of four dual-fired nozzles.  Combustion gases are quenched in a
spray chamber, followed by a high-pressure-drop venturi scrubber,  and a
cooler/mist-eliminator.  About 1000 gpm of water is recycled from the
primary tanks to the wastewater treatment facilities to furnish  scrubbing
water.  This water flows back to the wastewater plant for treatment.
About 1,100 hp. is required for this unit.1002

      The majority of the liquid wastes treated  in  the Dow unit  are solids
at room temperature  and must be kept hot in order to remain liquid.  Many
residues  are chlorinated and can contain as high as  50 percent chlorine, plus
several percent of ash in the form of Fe, Ca, Mg, Na, oxides and  chlorides J002
                                 153

-------
                                  LIQUID WASTES FROM PLANT
V
T
[Of
a

[AGE
o 1 olo
1

MEI
ST
                                                       SEPARATE TANKS FOR
                                                       HIGH AND LOW
                                                       MELTING-POINT LIQUIDS
                                                        STRAINER
                                     STACK 100 FT. HIGH
                                       6 FT. 6 IN. 1.0.
                                       4 FT. 6 IN. I. D. OUTLET
                                       LINED WITH ACID-RESISTING
                                       PLASTIC
                                  ran
Ui
         VENTURI SCRUBBER LINED WITH
         ACID   RESISTING PLASTIC
                                RECYCLED
                                WASTE
                                WATER
                                             BURNING
                                             TANK
                                   WASTE-TAR
                                   FEED
                                   NATURAL
                                   GAS
                             ATOMIZING
                             BLOWER
                                                           RELIEF
                                                           STACK
                                                           (CLOSED
                                                           DURING
                                                           OPERATION)
                           TEMPERING
                           AIR BLOWER
                        >•>. 10,000
                        I OJ CU FT  /MIN.
                        lr»"	
            WATER
       300 GPM.
                     \
                                                               RECYCLED
                                                               WASTE
                                                               WAfER
                                                               1,000 GPM
              SPRAY
              CHAMBER
COMBUSTION AIR BLOV/ER
13,000 CU. FT./MIN.
    .  75 HP.
TOTAL AIR, 26 LB./LB  WASTE
                                                       TEMPERING
                                                       AIR BLOV/ER
                                                       10,000
                                                       CU.  FT MIN.
                                                       25 HP.
                            WATER
                            2,300GPM.
                            pH 1 0
                                         INDUCED-DRAFT FAN
                                         2,600 LB./MIN.
                                         45,000 CU. FT./MIN.
                                         600 HP.
              WATER
              240 GPM.
              pH 1.0
                                   WASTE TAR FEED  AVG. 10GPM.
                                              13,00 BTU. 'LB.
                                              TEMPERATURE 80-1000C
                                              VISCOSITY 150 SSU
5 PSI FEED
4 BURNERS, COMBUSTION
GAS AND TAR NOZZLES
5/16 - IN ORIFICE
                                              Figure  16.   Horizontally Fired  Liquid  Waste  Incineration

-------
      A typical  vertically fired liquid waste incinerator is presented
(Figure 17).  This particular unit is designed and marketed by the Prenco
Division of Pickands Mather and Company.  It is a versatile system in that
it can be brought up to operating temperature (1,600 to 3,000 F, depending
on type of waste material to be destroyed) in one to two hours with minimal
fuel requirements.  This quick warm-up permits periodic rather than con-
tinual operation.

      The Prenco vertical combustor operates in the following manner.  A
 mixture of auxiliary fuel (usually natural gas) and high pressure air
are first fed into the vertical retort to bring it up to proper waste de-
composition temperature.  When the retort reaches the correct temperature,
as determined by the temperature measuring instruments, fuel flow is mod-
ulated and waste is admitted to the air-waste entrainment compartment.
From there  the aerated waste is fed into a turbulence compartment where
it  is mixed with more high pressure air and injected into the high-tem-
perature vertical retort.  Here the process breaks down the waste by
molecular dissociation,  oxidation, and  ionization.  The gases and any
inert particles  produced flow  vertically through  the air cone and out of
the top of  the  retort.0976
    Decomposition efficiency is greatly increased through the injection of
pressurized  air  at  a  point  near the  top  ot  the  retort  through ports
in a specially designed refractory module.  The  air cone, which serves as
a fuel saver, increases decomposition efficiency by increasing heat re-
tention.   It also provides  additional air for an after-burner effect.
In addition, the air  cone reduces the temperature of the decomposed
effluent to about650  F.  As a result, scrubbers  and effluent test equipment
can be utilized  if  desired.0976

       The  Prenco unit utilizes  air  pretreatment.  Intake of air  from the
 top of the upper nacelle  causes  it  to be  pre-heated  as  it travels  down
 the outer  wall  of the decomposition chamber to both  the turbo-blower and
 after-burner fans.   The use of preheated  air significantly increases de-
 composition efficiency and economy  of operation.

                                     155

-------
                         EFFLUENT DIRECTLY TO ATMOSPHERE
                         OR TO'SCRUBBERS AND STACK
FREE STANDING
INTERLOCKING REFRACTORY
MODULES
  TEMPERATURE MEASURING
  INSTRUMENTS ,
  UPPER NACELLE
         TURBO-BLOWER
   IGNITION CHAMBER
     HIGH VELOCITY
     AIR SUPPLY
   AIR-WASTE ENTRAINMENT
   COMPARTMENT
            WASTE  LINE
     FRESH AIR INTAKE
     FOR TURBO-BLOWER
     AND AFTERBURBER FAN
   AIR CONE
                                                       DECOMPOSITION CHAMBER
                                                         DECOMPOSITION STREAM
                                                         AFTER-BURNER FAN
     FLAME SENSITIZER


TURBULENCE COMPARTMENT

  LOWER NACELLE

  AUXILIARY FUEL LINE

  TUBULAR SUPPORT COLUMNS
                                              ELECTRICAL POWER LINE
                    Figure 17.   Typical Vertically Fired Liquid
                                 Waste  Incinerator^976
                                        156

-------
      A fairly unique form of liquid waste incinerator is the vortex com-
bustor (Figure 18).  Its unusual characteristic is its high heat release
capability  (about 100,000 Btu/hr-ft ).  The vortex combustor is a cylindrical
furnace which is tangentially fired with a modified oil burner.  In operation,
the furnace  is preheated for 1 hr. to a temperature of 800 to 1000 F.
Operating temperature is 1,200 to 1,600 F, with 20% excess air.  Liquid
wastes, fuel gas and primary air pass through a hot ignition tunnel.  Tan-
gential firing creates a vortex of hot gas and primary air that flow upward
through the  hot combustion chamber.  As the gases rise, preheated high-
velocity secondary air is Introduced from tangential tuyeres, maintaining
the vortex.  The high heat release of this unit has resulted in some slagg-
ing and erosion of the refractory.    '
     Process Economics.  Installation and operating costs will vary signif-
icantly depending upon the type and quantity of waste to be processed, the
amount and the sophistication of any water and/or air correction equipment
required, waste pretreatment requirements, materials of construction and
the extent of heat recovery.  Liquid waste incineration costs are reported
to range between $1- and $100 per 1,000 gal. of waste incinerated depending
upon system complexity.0534'1661

     Process Modification.  The primary process modifications utilized in
liquid waste incineration are waste heat recovery options and burner design
options.  The principle heat recovery options are primary combustion air
preheat through heat exchange with the hot gaseous effluent and waste heat
boiler utilization (Figure 19).   Waste heat boilers are generally used only
when there is a demand for steam elsewhere on the industrial site and further-
more, heat recovery is any form is usually only considered economical for
large installations.1460'1703
                                  157

-------
 ANNULAR SPACE FILLED
 WITH AIR UNDER
 PRESSURE FOR TUYERES
BAFFLE SHELL

AIR TUYERES
                                EFFLUENT TO SCRUBBERS
                                AND STACK
                                          REFRACTORY WALL
TUYERE AIR SHELL
AND PLENUM
 REFRACTORY WALL
COOLING AIR PORTS
CAST IN REFRACTORY SLAB
AIR TUYERES
COMBUSTION AIR
TO TUYERES
      REFRACTORY
      COOLING AIR

      COMBUSTION
      AIR

      BURNER
      NOZZLE

       GAS BURNER
       RING

     COOLING AIR
     (FORCED DRAFT)


   TUYERE AIR SHELL
                                                    BAFFLE SHELL
 Figure 18.  Vortex  Liquid Waste Incinerators0285'05
                            158

-------
AUXILIARY
FUEL
 LIQUID
 WASTE
                 PREHEATED AIR
LIQUID      EXCHANGER]
COMBUSTOR
                      AIR

  (A)  COMBUSTION AIR PREHEAT
                                            STACK
                                STEAM
             AIR
 AUXILIARY
 FUEL
  LIQUID
  WASTE
LIQUID
COMBUSTOR
                                WATER
   STACK

WASTE HEAT BOILER
                 (B) WASTE HEAT BOILER UTILIZATION
  Figure  19.  Heat  Recovery Options
                                1703
                           159

-------
     The other major process  modification is  that  of utilizing  various
types of burners for specific applications.   Some  liquid  incineration units
utilize very simple burners which are no more than a set  of  pipes;  one
injecting the combustible liquid waste under  pressure and the other inject-
ing air.  This configuration is generally not very efficient and  is usually
very specific in application (i.e., designed  for a specific  waste material
with specific characteristics and feed rate).  More sophisticated burners
such as the John Zink Series DB-0 liquid waste burner, are designed for
combination firing of auxiliary fuel gas with waste liquid and  waste gas
or waste liquid only.  This type of burner uses steam to atomize  the waste
liquid  and can handle liquids and slurries with viscosities  up  to 1,000 SSU.
Inlet liquid pressures are variable  (40 to 300 psi) as are atomizing steam
requirements  (.15  Ib to  .4 Ib of steam per pound of waste) depending upon
the  characteristics of the waste liquid.  These burners may be equipped
                     _,   ,  ^  .   .   .„    1456,1460,1702
with pilot burners and electric  igmtors.

     Another  type  of complex  burner  is the TRW Combustor, designed  and
marketed  by TRW Systems.   It  utilizes a  central element  injection  technique
which was  first developed  for rocket engines and  has  subsequently  been
adapated  to  the disposal of  hazardous liquid wastes  on a  pilot scale.
The  burner has  been used to  combust  a wide range  of  materials-  including
solid waste,  liquids and gaseous fuels.   Some of  the reactants which have
been combusted  in  this  type  burner are  presented  (Table  9).

     The  basic injector design is  a single central  element  configuration
wherein air is injected as a continuous  cylindrical  sheet which  impinges
with fuel jets injected radially outward.  The  air and fuel mixture is
 then further mixed by  means of a deflector on the control element.  This
 deflector serves both  to complete the mixing process and as a  flame holder.
 This burner design produces an externally premixed flame with  a  short
 reaction zone.

      Due to the premixed flame and short reaction zone, the TRW  burner
 has the added feature of reducing NO  formation.   It has been  demonstrated
                                      160

-------
       TABLE 9
TRW BURNER APPLICATIONS
Reactants
Indonesian Crude
Oil /Air
Kerosene/Ai r
LPG/LF2/L02
N2H4/C1F3,C1F5
UDMH/N-0.
State
Liquid-gas
Liquid-gas
Gas-liquid
Liquid-liquid
Liquid-liquid
Combustor
Pressure
(psia)
14.7
14.7
100 to 50
300
50' to 300
Supply
Temperature
(F)
70
70
-300 to 70
70 Fuel/-300 Ox
40 to 90
       161

-------
while using fuel oil as a fuel, that KOX concentrations are'cut by as much
as 75 percent when the proper amount of excess air Is used (Figure 20).
     Process  Applicability.   Liquid waste Incinerators are generally  ap-
 plicable  to the ultimate  disposal of most forms  (including dilute) of com-
 bustible  liquid waste  materials  and represent proven technology.  Some of
 the  materials currently being disposed with  this type  incinerator are
 presented (Table 10).

     Because  of their  versatility, It is likely  that some form of liquid
 waste  Incinerator (as  discussed  1n the Section on Process Design) would be
 an Intergal part of a  National Disposal Site.

                       Open-Pit Incineration0582'0285
     Open pit incinerators have  been used to dispose of high heat content
 solids  and liquids.  These incinerators solve the  problem of high heat flux
 by eliminating enclosure.  Their chief drawbacks are the  lack  of  confinement
 of combustion product  effluents  and relatively high participate emissions.

      Operation Principle.  Open-pit incinerators vary from the pedestal-
 mounted oil  burner used by Union Carbide to the Du Pont pit (Figure 21).
 The Union Carbide installation burns organic liquids containing, up to 25
 percent water without visible smoke.   The installation consists of burners
 firing horizontally and mounted about 5 1/2 ft.  above grade.   The firing
 area is surrounded by earthworks  for personnel  protection.  Heat Is dis-
 sipated by direct convection  and radiation.  By the very nature of the
 design,  there  is always excess air.

      The open-pit incinerator was  orginally developed  at Du Pont  for the
 safe destruction of nitrocellulose that  presents an explosion  hazard in
 a conventional closed incinerator.   The  incinerator has  an  open top  and
 an array of closely spaced nozzles that  create  a rolling action of  high-
 velocity air. over the burning zone (Figure 21).   Very  high  burning  rates,
 long residence times leading to complete combustion, and high  flame
 temperatures are achieved.  Visible smoke is readily eliminated and  smuts
                                     1G2

-------
u
                O
                Z
                   400
_ 200
Q.
Q.
z
g
1
UJ
u TOO
O
                   80
                   60
                   40
rw»
                                                                             COMMERCIAL BURNER
                                                                             No. 2 OIL
                                                                             2 X 106 BTU/HR
                                                                 COMMERCIAL BURNER
                                                                 No. 2 OIL,  10% FLUE GAS RECYCLE
                                                                 105 BTU/HR
                                                    TRW OIL FIRED BURNER
                                                    No. 2 OIL
                                                    2 X 106 BTU/HR
                               10
                          20         30        40
                                 EXCESS AIR (PERCENT)
                                          50
                                                                                    60
70
                                Figure 20.  NOX Concentration as a Function of Excess Air

-------
LOADING

RAMP
\
     AIR

     SPACE-
RAMP RETAINING-

WALL
PROVIDE COOLING

AIR ADMISSION

AT CORNERS
                                           AIR

                                           NOZZLE
                   ;>
                      s/
                            COOLING AIR

                            EXIT PORTS
rq
 \
 \
 \
 \
 \
 \
                         y
                       \
                       \
                       \
                       \
                       \
                       \
                       \
                       \
                            9 IN WALL
                       9IN.X36IN.

                       REFRACTORY

                       STEP
           TILE FLOOR


           — 8FT-OIN.
                                                                     AIR

                                                                     HEADER
                                                                  NOTE:


                                                                    NOMINAL CAPACITY


                                                                    IS3.4(10)6BTU/HR

                                                                    PER FOOT OF LENGTH
                                                                     FAN
                                                                                  FAN

                                                                                  DRIVE
                                                            EXISTING GRADE




                                                           18 IN. WALL
                            FOOTINGS5
 Figure 21.  Du Pont Open-Pit Incinerator
                                  0235

-------
                         TABLE  10

LIQUID WASTES CURRENTLY BURNED IN  LIQUID WASTE INCINERATION
              Separator Sludges
              Skimmer Refuse
              Oily Waste
              Detergent Sludges
              Digester Sludges
              Cutting Oils
              Coolants
              Strippers
              Phenols
              Wine Wastes
              Potato  Starch
              Vegetable Oils
              Washer  Liquids
              Still & Reactor Bottoms
              Soap &  Detergent  Cleaners
              Animal  Oils & Rendering Fats
              Cyanide & Chrome  Plating Wastes
              Lube Oils
              Soluble Oils
              Polyester Paint
              PVC  Paint
              Latex Paint
              Thinners
              Solvents
              Polymers
              Resins
              Cheese  Wastes
              Dyes
              Inks
                           165

-------
 are  contained by proper screening.  Oversized wastes and plastics that
 create  problems in conventional Incinerators are easily destroyed in the
 open-pit  incinerator.  It should be noted that the concentration of partic-
 ipates  is slightly higher than conventional incinerators, and there is no
 way  to  clean the exit gases.  Although these pit incinerators are used,.for
 liquid  wastes, they are more efficient for solid wastes, especially rubber
 and  plastic.

      Process Design.  The incinerator consists of a rigid shell of either
 reinforced-concrete or steel, lined with refractory on the floor and walls.
 Empirical and theoretical calculations indicate the optimum width to be
 8  ft. between refractory walls.  The capacity is determined by  length-
 usual ly between 8 and 16 ft.  The  pit is about 10 ft. with cleanout doors
 located at  either end.  Normally,  a screened enclosure is placed over the
 pit  to  contain  large airborne particles and for insect and rodent control
 when burning garbage.

     The over-fire air is supplied from a manifold running along one edge
of the  pit, with alternating 2- and 3-inch nozzles directed downward at an
angle of 25 to 35 deg.  across the incinerator.   Charging is from' the oppo-
site side of the nozzles from a leading ramp.   The pit should be oriented
so that the loading ramp is located upwind.   The high-velocity air jets
create  turbulence in the burning zone, and the excess air aids complete
combustion.   When the equipment is properly operated, the air pattern
creates a sheet of fTame under the air manifold on the back wall, rolling
the flame across the top of the pit.   Parti oilates and unburned gases are
largely returned to the burning-zone more or less  eliminating smoke.   Smoke
intensity rarely exceeds Ringelmann #1  when  properly operated.

     Operating capacity of the pit depends  on  the  lower heating value of the
feed, combustion character!" si tics, quantity of overfire air,  size and con-
figuration of the pit,  and method of charging.   Not less  than 100 percent
excess air is required,  and 300 percent is  usual.   Du Font's  criteri  are:
                                     166

-------
850 cu.ft./min. of overfire air at 11  in.  of water column per foot of length
for standard trash (5,000 Btu/lb).

     The incinerators are charged intermittently by dump trucks, although
hydraulic rams and skip hoists have been used.  The rate of charge depends
on the material being burned, in order to meet the heat-release capability
of the pit.  High-heating-value materials such as plastics are fed in small
quantities at  frequent intervals.  The operator's skill is the major factor
in minimizing  emissions while maintaining a high burning rate.

      Process  Economics.   Direct  operating costs  are  low.  Two  men  can
operate  two  pits.   The only other costs are  for  energy  to drive  the  blower
and  operate  the  loader and any  cleanout device.   No  auxiliary  fuel is  used,
as  lighting  off  a small  amount  of combustible material  will  ignite the pit.
Maintenance  is slight and largely consists  of repair of the  refractory.

      Capital  cost is low.  An average price  for  a commercial  unit  16 ft
 long, 8 ft wide  by 10 ft deep,  completely  installed, including a covered
 storage building for the waste and a  screened enclosure for  the pit  is
 about $65,000.  The capacity is 5,000 Ib/hr of  low heat-release material,
 and about half that for high heat-release material.

      Process  Applicability.  A  variety of wastes have been burned in the
 pit  incinerator.   It readily accepts heavy timbers, cable reels and con-
 struction wastes.   It burns  plastics and similar high heat-release materials
 that might detonate, or  erode the refractory in  a closed unit.  It effectively
 handles numerous  types of manufacturing and  process wastes both liquid  and
 solid,  plant  trash  and  rubber wastes.


      Although the open-pit incinerator is currently used industrially,  it
 Is  not  recommended for use at a National Disposal Site because of the
 associated  lack of effluent control.  This  lack  of  control might  result
 in  emissions  to the surroundings of  harmful  combustion products such  as


                                    167

-------
chlorides, fluorides, cyanides, sulfur compounds, carbon monoxide, or any
parti ally"combusted waste material.

                       Open Incineration1688'1689

     Open Incineration Is the burning of waste materials on open land
without the use of combustion equipment.  This form of Incineration Is
utilized mainly for the disposal of waste or excess high explosives.   It
Is generally unacceptable for the disposal of other forms of waste because
of the associated lack of combustion product effluent control.

     Process Description.  A current disposal technique utilized for many
high explosive wastes such as TNT, Comp B-3, LX-09, as well as wet explosive
machining waste  Is open burning.  A typical open burning operation (conducted
at the  rate of about 2,000 1b per week) Is to place the waste explosive and
explosive contaminated waste on an asbestos pad covering a  flat gravel base
In a remote open area of the plant grounds.  The wastes are thoroughly wet
down with fuel oil and Ignited  from a safe distance by the  use of  a bridge-
wire and lead.   Considerable black smoke  along with NOX> CO and HF are
evolved (Table 11) during operation and are emitted directly to the atmo-
sphere.  These emissions are the result of uncontrolled combustion temper-
ature,  Incomplete combustion due to the Inability  of  oxygen to efficiently
mix with the waste,  and  the  Inability to  effect sufficient  residence  time
of the  generated particulate at elevated  temperature.  Because of  the emis-
sion problem, there  Is currently an effort to develop combustion units which
are applicable to explosives and Incorporate effluent scrubbers.

     Process Applicability.  Open  burning is not considered to be  an  adequate
form of waste disposal because  of  the associated loss of gaseous effluent
control.  Although open  burning Is  currently  utilized for  the disposal  of
explosives  and explosive wastes, It  1s  anticipated that this practice will
cease when  new technology  1s developed  for  this  application.
                                      168

-------
                          TABLE 11
POLLUTION EMANATING  FROM THE BURNING OF TNT,  COMP B-3 AND LX-09
Emitted from
Burning 3.8
Pollutant Tons of TNT
Hydrocarbons
Carbon Monoxide
Oxides of Nitr-
ogen
Hydrogen Fluoride
Soot
4 Ib
213 Ib

570 Ib
0
684 Ib
Emitted from
Burning 3.8
Tons of Comp B-3
0
19 Ib

141 Ib
0
0
Emitted from
Burning 3.8
Tons of LX-09
0
4 Ib

110 Ib
23 Ib
0
                         169

-------
                Multiple  Chamber Incinerators0582'°862


     The multiple chamber incinerator has been employed by both municipal

and industrial facilities for solid waste disposal.

              , «
     The configuration of modern multiple chamber incinerators falls into

two general types (Figures 22 and 23).   These are the retort type, named

for the return flow of gases through the "U" arrangement of component

chambers, and the in-line type, so-called because the component chambers

follow one after the other in a line. Essential features that distinguish

the retort type of design are as follows:

    (1) The arrangement of the chambers causes the combustion gases to
        flow through 90-degree turns in both lateral and vertical
        directions.

    (2) The return flow of the gases permits the use of a common wall
        between the primary and secondary combustion stages.

    (3) Mixing chambers,  flame ports, and curtain wall  ports have
        length-to-width ratios in the range of 1:1 to 2.4:1.

    (4) Bridge wall thickness under the flame port is a function of
        dimensional requirements in the mixing and combustion chambers.
        This results in construction that is somewhat unwielding in the
        size range above 500 pounds per hour.
Distinguishing features of the in-line-type design are as.follows.

    (1) Flow of the combustion gases is straight through the in-
        cinerator with 90-degree turns only in the vertical
        direction.

    (2) The in-line arrangement  is readily adaptable to in-
        stallations that require separated spacing of the
        chambers for operating, maintenance, or other reasons.

    (3) All ports and chambers extend across the full width
        of the incinerator and are as wide as  the ignition
        chamber.  Length-to-width ratios of the flame port,
        mixing chamber, and curtain wall port cross
        sections range from 2:1 to 5:1.

Each style has certain characteristics with regard to performance and
construction,that limit its application.
                                      170

-------
                   SECONDARY
                   AIR PORTS
   SECONDARY
   COMBUSTION
   CHAMBER
                MIXING
                CHAMBER
                                                  FLAME PORT
CURTAIN
WALL PORT
                                                                IGNITION
                                                                CHAMBER
                                         CHARGING DOOR
                                         WITH OVERFIRE
                                         AIR PORT
          CLEANOUT
          DOOR
                                                           GRATES
CLEANOUT DOOR
WITH UNDERGRATE
AIR PORT
Figure 22.   Retort Multiple Chamber Incinerator
                   .0862

-------
                        IGNITION
                        CHAMBER
CHARGING DOOR
WITH OVERFIRE
AIR PORT
 FLAME
 PORT
SECONDARY
AIR PORT
                         .CURTAIN WALL
 GRATES
                                                                         SECONDARY
                                                                         COMBUSTION
                                                                         CHAMBER
         CLEANOUT DOORS WITH
         UNDERGRATE AIR PORTS

                  LOCATION OF
                  SECONDARY
                  BURNER
MIXING
CHAMBER
                                            CLEANOUT
                                            DOORS
         CURTAIN
         WALL PORT
Figure 23.   In-Line Multiple  Chamber Incinerator
                                          .0862,

-------
     Operation Principle.  The combustion process in a multiple chamber
incinerator proceeds in two stages-primary or solid fuel combustion in the
ignition chamber, followed by secondary or gaseous-phase combustion.  The
secondary combustion zone is composed of two parts, a downdraft or mixing
chamber and an up-pass expansion or combustion chamber.


     The two-stage multiple chamber incineration  process begins in the
ignition chamber and includes the drying, ignition, and combustion of the
solid refuse.   As the burning proceeds, the moisture and volatile components
of the fuel are vaporized and partially oxidized  in passing from the ignition
chamber through the flame port connecting the ignition chamber with the mix-
ing chamber.  From the flame port, the volatile components of the waste
material and the products of combustion flow down through the mixing chamber
into which secondary air is introduced.  The combination of adequate temper-
ature and additional air, augmented by mixing chamber or secondary burners
as necessary, assists  in initiating the second stage of the combustion pro-
cess.  Turbulent mixing, resulting from the  restricted  flow areas and
abrupt changes  in   flow  direction, furthers  the  gaseous-phase  reaction.
In passing  through  the curtain wall port from the  mixing chamber  to  the
final combustion  chamber,  the gases undergo  additional  changes  in direction
accompanied by  expansion and  final oxidation of  combustible components.
Fly  ash  and other solid  particulate matter are collected  in the combustion
chamber by wall  impingement and  simple settling.   The  gases finally  dis-
charge  through  a stack or  a combination of a gas cooler (for  example,  a
water spray chamber) and induced-draft system.   Either draft  system must
 limit combustion air to the quantity  required  at the nominal  capacity  rating
 of the incinerator.

      The basic factors that tend to cause a difference in performance in
 the two incinerators are (1) proportioning of the flame port and mixing
 chamber to maintain adequate gas velocities within dimensional limitations
 imposed by the particular type involved,  (2) maintenance of proper flame
 distribution over  the flame port and across the mixing chamber, and
                                      173

-------
(3) flame travel  through the mixing chamber,  into the  combustion  chamber.

     A retort incinerator in its optimum size range offers  the  advantage's
of compactness and structural economy because of its cubic  shape  and re-
duced exterior wall length.   It performs more efficiently .than  its  in-line
counterpart in the capacity range from 50 to  750 Ib per hour.  In these
small sizes, the  nearly square across sections of the ports  and  chambers
function well because of the abrupt turns in  this design.  In retort in-
cinerators with a capacity of 1,000  Ib  per hour or greater,  the  in-
creased size of the flow cross section reduces the effective  turbulence
in the mixing chamber and results in inadequate flame distribution  and
penetration and in poor secondary air mixing.

     No outstanding factors favor either the  retort or the  in-line  con-
figurations in the capacity range of 750 to 1,000  ib per hour.  The
choice of retort or in-line configuration in  this range is  influenced by
personal preference, space limitations, the nature of the refuse, and
charging conditions.

     The in-line incinerator is well suited to high-capacity operation but
is not very satisfactory for service in small sizes.  The smaller in-line
incinerators are somewhat less efficient with regard to secondary stage
combustion than the retort type is.  In in-line incinerators with a capacity
of less than 750 Ib per hour, the shortness  of the grate length tends
to inhibit flame propagation across the width of the ignition chamber.
This, coupled with thin flame distribution over the bridge wall, may
result in the passage of smoke from smoldering grate sections straight
through the incinerator and out of the stack without adequate mixing'and
secondary combustion.   In-line models in sizes of  750  Ib per hour
or larger have grates long enough to maintain burning across their width,
resulting in satisfactory flame distribution in the flame port and
mixing chamber.  The shorter grates on the smaller  in-line incinerators
also create a maintenance problem.  The bridge wall is very susceptible
to mechanical abuse since it is usually not provided with a structural
                                  174

-------
can
   break down the bridge wall in . short time.
hour may
Inc1ner,tors of larger capacity, hoever.

r s
                                     readily standardized
                                                 „

                                       r=
                                           «
 dnerators as
       -*
           to the design of smaller units.
                  Control of the combustion reaction, and reduction In

                      «             irs:     •

           .«.. «»••
                                                . -

                                      ...
                                                    — -

   ignition chamber burners.
                             175

-------
                              TABLE
                                      .

              MULTIPLE CHAMBER INCINE>*ATORDESIGN FACTORS
Primary combustion zone:

 Grate loading, LQ
Grate area, Afi
Average arch height, H^


Length-to-width  ratio
 (approx):
  Retort

  In-line
                                Recommended value
                             10 log  Rc:  Ib/hr-ft  where
Rr equals the refuse com-
bustion rate in Ib/hr (refer
to Figure 24.)

R  i L • ft2
l\i~    /* *
4/3  (AQ) 4/11; ft (refer to

Figure 25)
                             Up to 500 Ib/hr, 2:1
                             over 500 Ib/hr. 1.75:1
                             Diminishing from about 1.7:1
                             for 750 Ib/hr  to about 1:2
                             for 2,000 Ib/hr capacity.
                             Over-square acceptable in
                             units of more  than  11 ft
                             ignition chamber length.
Secondary combustion zone;

 Gas velocities:
   Flame port at 1,000 F
   Mixing chamber at 1,000 F  25 ft/sec

   Curtain wall port at
   950 F
                               55 ft/sec
                                about  0.7  of mixing chamber
                                velocity
                                                               -  10%
                                   -  20%
                                   -  20%
   Combustion chamber at
   900 F

   Mixing  chamber downpass
   length, from top  of
   ignition chamber  arch  to
   top of  curtain wall  port.

    Length-to-width  ratios of
    flow  cross sections:
      Retort, mixing chamber,
      and combustion chamber

      In-line
                                5 to 6 ft/sec;  always  less
                                than 10 ft/sec

                                Average arch  height, ft
                                Range - 1.3:1 to 1.5:1

                                Fixed by gas velocities due
                                to constant incinerator width
                                   -  20%
                                   176

-------
                               TABLE'12
                                                  0862
       MULTIPLE CHAMBER INCINERATOR DESIGN FACTORS"0"^ - CONTINUED
     Item and symbol
   itecommended value
Allowable
deviation
Combustion air:
 Air requirement batch-charg-
ing operation
 Combustion air distribution:
   Overfire air ports
   Underfire air ports
   Mixing chamber air ports
Port sizing, nominal inlet
velocity pressure
Air inlet ports oversize
factors:
 Primary air inlet
 Underfire air inlet

 Secondary air inlet
Basis: 300% excess air.  50% air
requirement admitted through
adjustable ports: 50% air re-
quirements met by open charge
door and leakage.
70% of total air required
10% of total air required
20% of total air required
0.1 inch water gage
 1.2
 1.5  for over 500 Ib/hr to
 2.5  for 50 Ib/hr.
 2.0  for over 500 Ib/hr to
 5.0  for 50 Ib/hr
 Furnace temperature:
  Average  temperature,
  combustion  products
 1000 F
 -  20 F
 Auxiliary burners:
  Normal  duty  requirements:
    Primary burner
    Secondary  burner
 3,000 to 10.000J  Btu  per  Ib
 A nnn +•   19 nnnl  of moisture
 4,000 to 12,000\
  Draft  requirements:
  Theoretical  stack draft
  Available primary air in-
  duction draft (Assume
  equivalent to inlet ve-
  locity pressure.)
  Natural draft stack
  velocity
 0.15 to 0.35 inch  water gage
 0.1  inch water gage.
 Less than 30 ft/sec at 900 F
                                   177

-------
QD
                                1
                                z
                                o
                                8
0,000

4,000
3.000
2,000
1,000
500
400
300
200
100
50
40
30
20
10



































•
1 	 T-/-
' / •
• / '
///
///
V//
w






x
//
	 ?' — ~r
• /
! /
; / f
* f •
* m •
* m *
* m *
r7
^ 	



FOR DRY REFU
VALUES, USE <
FOR MOIST RE
VALUES, USE •


• g
/
/ 1

/ / /
///






LG = 10 LOG



>E AND HIGH HI
H 10% CURVE (>9
FUSE AND LOW
• 10% CURVE « 1


	 ,f—s 	











RC




lAI IINv^
000 BTU/LB).
HEATING —
'500 BTU/LB).
          10           20           30



              GRATE LOADING (Lg) , LB/FT2- HR
                                                                                        40
                                                                                                     50
                              Figure 24.  Relationship  of Grate Loading to  Combustion Rate for Multiple

                                          Thamhar*  Tnrinoratnr-c 0862
Chamber Incinerators.

-------
o
u
of
10


6
5
4
3



i










•*!^^«**
*









#
*










..•
IX
F
\








$
Ol
^A







S

([
LU







.*
/

)R
E;







»

Y(
>, I










^ffi
$Q
V

tEFUSE Ar
JSE + 10%
Ł

n ,
sIDH
CUR




e *
..•'


^
IGh
VE




/


4
3
\\\
c



••'
7




E/
>9



^
.•


(*


-------
     The design and construction of multiple chamber incinerators are
regulated in several ways.  Ordinances and statutes that set forth basic
building requirements have been established by most, if not all,
              i
municipalities.  Air pollution control authorities have also set  some
limitations in material and construction that must be met, and manufacturers'
associations have established recommended minimum standards to be followed.

     The most important element in construction of multiple chamber in-
cinerators, other than the design, is the proper installation and use of
refractories.   High-quality materials are absolutely necessary if a reason-
able and satisfactory service life is to be expected.   Manufacturers must
use suitable materials of construction since faulty construction  may well
offset the benefits of good design.  In the choice of one of the  many
available materials, maximum service conditions should dictate the type  of
lining for any incinerator.  Minimum specifications of materials  in normal
refuse should include high-heat-duty firebrick or 120 Ib per cubic foot
castable refractory.  These materials, when properly installed, have proved
capable of resisting the abrasion, spalling, slagging, and erosion result-
ing from high-temperature incineration.

     As the incinerator's capacity and severity of duty increase, superior
refractory materials such as super duty firebrick and plastic firebrick
should be employed.  A recent improvement in standard construction has been
the lining of all stacks with 2,000 F refractory of 2-inch minimum thickness.

     The grates commonly used in multiple chamber incinerators are made  of
cast iron in "Tee" or channel cross section.  As the size of the  incinerator
increases, the length of the ignition chamber also increases.  In the larger
hand-charged incinerators, keeping the rear section of the grates completely
covered is difficult because of the greater length of the ignition chamber.
The substitution of a hearth at the rear of the ignition chamber  in these
units has been accepted as good practice.  Since surface combustion is the
primary combustion principle, the use of a hearth has little effect upon
conbustion rate.
                                      180

-------
     Installation of a sloping grate, which  slants  down  from  the  front
to the rear of the ignition chamber, facilitates  charging.  A grate  such
as this also increases the distance from the arch to the grates at the
rear of the chamber and reduces the possibility of fly ash  entrainment.

     Stacks for incinerators with a capacity of 500 pounds  or less per
hour are usually constructed of a steel  shell lined with refractory  and
mounted over the combustion chamber.  A refractory-lined reinforced, red
brick stack is an alternative method of construction when appearance is
deemed important.  Stacks for incinerators with a capacity  of more  than
500 pounds per hour are normally constructed in the same manner as  those
for smaller units but are often free standing for structural  stability.
Stack linings should be increased in thickness as the incinerator becomes
larger in size.
      Process Economics.   Capital and operating cost data on multiple chamber
incineration units  are scarce.  The  installed capital investment will vary
depending upon  the  type and  quantity of waste being incinerated, the quantity
and sophistication  of air correction equipment,  and materials of construction.
The relative costs  (as of 1968)  of incinerator and air  pollution control
equipment of various  capacities, exclusive  of  foundations  are presented
 (Table 13).

      Operating  costs  are  mainly  a  function  of labor,  power, fuel and
refractory  repair and  replacement.  Multiple chamber  units generally can
be operated by  one  to  two men.  As  of 1968,  overall processing costs were
reported as being $15  to  $16 per ton of waste incinerated.

      Process Applicability.   Multiple chamber incinerators are generally
applicable  to  the ultimate disposal  of  most forms  of  combustible solid waste
and represent  proven  technology.   Some  of the materials  currently disposed
of  in this  type of  unit  are  general  refuse, paper, garbage, wood, phenolic
 resins,  rubber, wire  coatings, acrylic  resins, epoxy  resins,  and polyvinyl
 chloride.   Although the  multiple chamber  incinerator  is  capable of  handling
 various  types  of solid wastes, its inability to  process  liquids, gases,  sludges
                                  181

-------
                           TABLE 13



        APPROXIMATE COSTS OF MULTIPLE CHAMBER INCINERATORS*
Capacity                  Incinerator             Wet Scrubber
Lb /Hr	   Cost. $	Cost.  S

  100                      1,700                     3,000
  150                      2,000                     3,600
  250                      2,700                     4,400
  500                      5,000                     6,200
  750                      9,500                     7,600
1,000                     12,500                     8,800
1,500                     20,000                    11,200
2,000                     25,000                    13,200
 *Based on 1968 costs.


                             182

-------
 and tars limits the application.   Since there  are  other  types  of  incineration
 units available which are much more diverse  in application  (i.e.,  rotary  kiln
 fluidized bed and multiple hearth incinerators), it  is doubtful that  the
 multiple chamber incinerator would be  a primary candidate for  National
 Disposal Site utilization.

                  Multiple Hearth Incinerators0285'°582•]761

      The multiple hearth  incinerator (commonly called a  Herreshoff furnace)
 Is  a  versalite  unit which has  been  utilized  to dispose of sewage, sludges,
 tars,  solids, gases,  and  liquid combustible wastes.  This type of unit was
 Tnitally designed to  incinerate sewage plant sludges in 1934.  In 1968,
 there were over  125 installations in operation with a total  capacity of
 17,000 tons per  day (wet basis) for this application alone.   There are
 currently numerous industrial  installations in operation which are primarily
 utilized  for chemical sludge and tar incineration as well as activated
 carbon regeneration.

     Operation  Principle.   The multiple hearth  furnace consists of a  refrac-
 tory-lined circular steel shell with refractory hearths  located one above
 the other (Figure 26).  Sludge and/or granulated solid combustible waste
 feeds through the furnace roof by a screw feeder or belt and flapgate.  A
 rotating  air-cooled central shaft with air-cooled rabble arms and teeth
 plows the waste material across the top hearth to drop holes.  It falls to
 the next hearth  and then the next until ash discharged at the bottom.   The
waste is agitated as it moves across the hearths to make sure maximum sur-
 face is exposed  to hot gases.  Waste grease and tars are generally fed into
 the furnace through side ports.

     Liquid and gaseous combustible wastes may be injected into the unit
 through auxilliary burner nozzles.  This utilization of liquid and gaseous
waste represents  an economic advantage  since the secondary fuel (e.g.,
 natural gas, fuel oil) requirements will be reduced thus  lowering  operating
 costs.
                                     183

-------
QD
                                             WASTE AIR TO
                                             ATMOSPHERE
                CLEAN GASES TO
                ATMOSPHERE
                             VACUUM
                             FILTERS
                 SLUDGES-
                    FILTRATE
                 GREASE AND TARS
      BURNERS
      (FUEL OIL, GAS,
      LIQUID AND GASEOUS WASTE)
                              AIR
                                                                                    INDUCED
                                                                                    DRAFT FAN
                           SCRUBBERS

                                  WATER
                                           BLOWER
 ASH TO
DISPOSAL
                                                                     ASH SLURRY TO FILTRATION AND
                                                                     ASH DISPOSAL
        Figure 26.  Multiple Hearth Incineration System
                                                   1761

-------
     The system has three operating zones:  the top hearths where feed is
dried to about 48 percent moisture; the incineration/deodorization zone,
which has a temperature of 1,400 to 1,800 F; and the cooling zone, where
the hot ash gives up heat to incoming combustion air.  Exhaust gases exit
at 500 to 1,100 F.

     Incinerator ash is sterile and inert.  Volume discharged from the
bottom hearth is about 10 percent of the furnace feed, based on sludge cake
with 75 percent moisture and 70 percent volatile content in the solids.   The
ash usually has less than 1 percent combustible matter, which is normally
fixed carbon.  Discharge can be moved hydraulically, mechanically, or
pneumatically, and used as landfill or roadfill.

      Current systems  include gas  cleaning devices on  exhaust air.  A
 number  of multiple hearth  incinerators are  operating  without difficulty
 in areas  with strict  air pollution  codes.   Although  the exhuast does not
 violate opacity  codes, existence  of steam plumes has  on occasion caused
 adverse public reaction.

     Process Design.  Most multiple hearth incinerators are primarily designed
for sludge disposal.  The other forms of waste which are simultaneously fed
to the system are usually considered a heat source to be utilized during
sludge incineration.  A heat balance across a multiple hearth furnace must
consider the heat absorbed by:   latent heat in free moisture and combustion
moisture, sensible heat in combustion gases, excess air, ash, radiation and
shaft cooling.  These quantities are balanced against the heat evolved from
the combustibles in sludge solids and the fuel.  Below is a typical analysis
of sludge combustibles.

                             C    59.8 percent
                             H2    8.5
                             02   27.5
                             N2    4.2
                                 100.0 percent

Calorific value of this sludge is 10,000 Btu/lb.

                                      185

-------
     Sludge parameters that have the most influence over Incineration
are moisture content, percent volatiles and inerts, and calorific value.
Moisture is the principal one over which the plant operator has some
control.  Minimum moisture is important because of its thermal  load on the
incinerator.

     Volatiles and inerts, which affect the Btu value of the sludge,
can be controlled to some extent by treatment processes such as degritting,
mechanical dewatering and sludge digestion.  Almost all combustibles are
present as volatiles, much in the form of grease.   Volatile percentage can
vary a great deal, so equipment must be designed to handle a range of values.

     The sizing of a multiple hearth incinerator is dependent upon waste
combustion characteristics (Table 14) and water content.  Incinerator
                                     2
burning rates vary from 7 to 12 Ib/ft -hr for sewage plant sludges with
                   2
the value 7.5 Ib/ft -hr generally accepted as typical.  The area referred
to in the burning rate is the total hearth area of the unit.  Standard
                                                  2
multiple hearth incinerator sizes range from 85 ft  of hearth to greater
than 3000 ft  of hearth (Table 15).  The secondary fuel requirement is
dependent upon the water content of the waste being incinerated.  For
instance, a waste sludge with a heating value of 10,000 Btu/lb of volatile
solids which is composed of 60 percent volatile solids,will require about
      •3
100 ft  of natural gas per ton of  wet feed when the moisture content of
                                                                       3
the sludge is 75 percent.  This same sludge will require about 1,200 ft
of gas per ton of wet sludge when the moisture content is 82.5 percent
(Figure 27).

     The multiple hearth incinerator is usually operated so that the top
hearth temperature is in the 600 to  1,000  F range, the combustion hearths
are in the  1,400  to  1,800  F  range, while the cooling  hearths are  maintained
in the 400 to 600 F range.
                                  186

-------
                                 TABLE 14

               TYPICAL COMBUSTION VALUES OF WASTE MATERIALS
	Material	Combustible.%	Ash.%      Btu/lb.
Grease & scum                    88.5            11.5        16,750
Fresh sewage solids              74.0            26.0        10,285
Fine screenings                  86.4            13.6         8,990
Ground garbage                   84.8            15.2         8,245
Rags                             97.5             2.5         8,050
Digested sewage and garbage
solids                           49.6            50.4         8,020
Digested sludge                  59.6            40.4         5,290
Grit                             33.2            69.8         4,000
 Note:   Where organic polymers  can  be  utilized  to condition sludges, rather
        than ferric chlorides  and lime,  the  heat value of the sludge cake
        can be increased 1,500  Btu/lb  to 4,000  Btu/lb of dry solids.  The
        ash from the furnace will also be reduced by 5 to 20 percent.
                                  187

-------
               TABLE 15
STANDARD MULTIPLE HEARTH FURNACE  SIZE
1761
Outside
Diameter
4.5 ft
(ID)


7.0 ft



8.5 ft



10.0 ft



13.5 ft



16.0 ft



18.0 ft



19.5 ft



21.5 ft




Hearth area.sq ft
Column height, ft-in.
Shell height, ft-in.
Overall height, ft-in.
Hearth area, sq ft
Column height, ft-in.
Shell height, ft-in.
Overall height, ft-in.
Hearth area, sq ft
Column height, ft-in.
Shell heignt, ft-in.
Overall heignt, ft-in.
Heartn area, sq ft
Column height, ft-in.
Shell height, ft-in.
Overall height, ft-in.
Hearth area, sq ft
Column height, ft-in.
Shell height, ft-in.
Overall height, ft-in.
Hearth area, sq ft
Column height, ft-in.
Snell height, ft-in.
Overall height, ft-in.
Hearth area, sq ft
Column height, ft-in.
Stfell height, ft-in.
Overall height, ft-1n
Heartn area, sq ft
Column heignt, ft-in.
Shell height, ft-in.
Overall neight, ft-in.
Hearth area, sq ft
Column height, ft-in.
Shell height, ft-in.
Overall height, ft-in.
4
Hearth








130
5-0
10-10
16-7
188
6-6
10-8
18-8
390
6-6
11-8
20-8
b73
7-0
13-2
22-11
727
7-0
14-3
24-3
863
8-0
14-4
25-8
1077
8-0
16-1
27-9
6
Hearth
85
4-0
10-6
15-7
125
4-0
11-10
16-1
193
5-0
15-5
21-2
276
6-6
15-1
23-0
575
6-6
16-7
25-6
845
7-0
18-7
28-4
1068
7-0
20-2
30-1
1268
8-0
20-2
31-7
1580
8-0
22-9
34-6
8
Hearth
112
4-0
13-8
18-9
166
4-0
15-5
20-6
256
5-0
20-0
25-9
364
6-6
19-5
27-5
760
6-6
21-5
30-5
1117
7-0
24-1
33-10
1410
7-0
26-0
36-0
1660
8-0
26-1
37-5
2084
8-0
29-6
41-2
10 12
Hearth Hearth
140
4-0
16-10
21-11
208
4-0
19-0
24-1
319
5-0
24-7
30-4
452
6-6
23-10
31-9
944
6-6
26-4
35-3
1305 .
7-0
29-6
39-3
1752
7-0
31-11
41-10
2060
8-0
31-11
43-4
2570
8-0
36-2
47-11
















1128
6-6
31-2
40-2
1550
7-0
35-0
44-9
2090
7-0
37-9
47-9
2464
8-0
37-10
49-2
3046
8-0
42-11
54T7
                 188

-------
Q  1,600
           SLUDGE HEAT CONTENT - 10,000 BTU/LB.
                                   VOLATILE SOLIDS
L,  1,400
2  1,200
                                         V.S.  = VOLATILE SOLIDS
75     76
                       77    78     79     80     81     82     83

                       MOISTURE CONTENT OF FEED, %
Figure 27.  Fuel  Requirement Variation with  Feed Moisture
                                                     1761
                               189

-------
     Process Economics.   Capital  and operating costs  for multiple hearth
incinerators will vary significantly depending upon the type and quantity
of waste being incinerated, the sophistication of water and air correction
equipment, waste pretreatment requirements, materials of construction,
secondary fuel requirements, and labor.  Total disposal cost per ton of
dry solids fed are reported to range between $8 and $15 while operating
costs generally run between $0.50 and $5.00 per ton of dry solids (Table 16)
depending on the size of the unit.

     Process Applicability.  The multiple hearth incinerator is generally
applicable to the ultimate disposal of most forms of combustible wastes
and  represents proven technology.   It can incinerate combustible sludges,
tars, granulated solids, liquids and gases and is especially well suited
to  the  disposal  of spent biological treatment facility sludges.  For  that
reason,  it  is very likely  that a National Disposal Site, especially one
which contained  biological  treatment facilities, would contain  a multiple
hearth  unit.

                                Flares0285

     The  fiare type burner has been  utilized in many petroleum refineries and
petrochemical plants to incinerate  relatively large volumes of combustible
gases and aerosols.  Flare burners  are of two basic types: the ground flare
and  the  elevated or tower  flare.  The ground  flare, as its name  implies, is
used at  ground  level where  there is sufficient space around the  flare 'for
safety  purposes  to burn waste  gas  from an oil field operation or similar
source.   The  tower flare,  usually  found  in refineries, is elevated to keep
 the flame well  above  the level of  surrounding process  equipment  protecting
 the refinery  against  possible  fires.   Flares  are basically  open  pipes which
 discharge a combustible  gas  directly to  atmosphere  with the end of the pipe
 containing  a  flame  device  and  a  continuous pilot or  pilots  to  ignite  the waste
 gas.  Air for combustion  is supplied by  the  surrounding  atmosphere.   Steam
 injection is  often  supplied to the flame of  the  flare  to prevent smoking when
                                     190

-------
                     TABLE  16
--JLTIPLE HEARTH INCINERATION COSTS1761
Sludge incinerated, tons/wk.
(wet basis)
Sludge incinerated tons/wk.
(dry basis)
Operating schedule, hr/wk.
Furnace feed, Ib/hr
Furnace required 10
5
Installed Cost, $ 120,
Weekly fuel cost, S
Weekly power cost, S
Total utility cost, S
Operating cost-5>/ton dry solids
Filtration cost-S/ton dry solids
Maintenance cost-$/ton dry solids
Total disposal cost-t/ton dry solids
28.0
7.0
35
1,600
ft-9 in. OD
Hearth
000.00
27.50
9.00
36.50
5.20
8.00
.70
13.90
56.0
14.0
35
3,200
14 ft-3 in. OD
5 Hearth
185,000.00
45.00
12.00
57.00
4.06
8.00
.60
12.66
139.0
34.75
70
3,960
14 ft-3 in.
6 Hearth
200,000.00
30.00
13.00
43.00
1.24
8.00
.60
9.84
278.0
69.5
70
7,920
OD 18 ft-9 in OD
6 Hearth
310,000.00
45.00
25.00
70.00
1.01
8.00
.50
9.51
2,780.0
695.0
168
33,000
Two- 22 ft-3 in. OD
8 Hearth
750,000.00
50.00
165.00
215.00
0.31
8.00
.40
8.71
Cake moisture
Volatile content
Solids removal
75%
65%, 10,000 Btu/lb volatile solids
90%

-------
burning waste hydrocarbon gases which have more than two carbon atoms.
Flares are affected by atmospheric conditions, especially high winds.
They cannot be considered an infallible method of waste gas disposal be-
cause unburned waste gases often escape from a flare system, but they
are expedient and economical for high-volume discharges of combustible
waste gases.

      Operation Principle.0862'1456'1460  From a pollution viewpoint, the
 ideal flare is a combustion device that burns waste gases completely and
 smokelessly.  But, in actual practice, flare utilization introduces  the
 possibility of smoke and other objectionable gases such as carbon monoxide,
 sulfur dioxide, and nitrogen oxides.  Some types of flares have been de-
 veloped  that ensure that combustion  is smokeless and  in some  cases  non-
 luminous.  Luminosity, while not  an  air pollution  problem, does attract
 attention  to the operation and in certain cases can cause bad public re-
 lations.   There is also the consideration of military security which non-
 luminous emergency gas  flares would  be desirable.

     Smoke,  when present, is the result of incomplete  combustion.   Smokeless
 combustion  can  be  achieved  by:  (1) adequate  heat values to obtain  the
 minimum theoretical  combustion temperatures,  (2) adequate  combustion air,
 and (3) adequate mixing of  the air and fuel.   An insufficient supply of
 air results in  a smoky flame.   Combustion begins around the periphery of
 the gas stream  where the air and fuel mix, and within this flame envelope
 the supply of air is limited.   Hydrocarbon side reactions  occur with the
 production of smoke.   In this reducing atmosphere,  hydrocarbons crack to
 elemental hydrogen and carbon, or polymerize to form hydrocarbons.  Since
 the carbon particles are difficult to burn,  large volumes  of carbon parti-
 cles appear as smoke upon cooling.  Side reactions  become  more pronounced
 as molecular weight and unsaturation of the fuel gas increase.  Olefins,
 diolefins, and aromatics characteristically burn with smoky, sooty flames
 as compared with paraffins and naphthenes.  A smokeless flame can be obtained
 vlien an  adequate amount of combustion air is mixed sufficiently with the
 fuel so  that it burns completely  and rapidly before any side reactions can

                                       192

-------
giving good turbulence  at the same time.
                                                     rr
 weight and fraction  of unsaturates in the waste gas.

     incineration of  hydrocarbons  in a typical steam-in-spirated-type
 elev t   flare results  in incomplete combustion of the feed gases.  The
 results of a field test on a flare unit were reported in tne form of
 ratios as follows:
                           CO •   hydrocarbons        2,100.1
                           C02: CO                    243:
  These results  indicate that the hydrocarbons and carbon monoxide emissions
  from a flare can  be much greater than those from   properly operated boilers
  or furnaces.

      Other contaminants  that can be emitted from flares  depend upon  the
  composition of the gases  burned.  The most commonly detected  emission
  is sulfur dioxide, resulting  from the combustion of various sulfur  com-
  pounds  (usually hydrogen sulfide) in the flared gas.  Toxicity, combined
  with  low odor threshold, make venting of hydrogen  sulfide to a flare an
   unsuitable  and sometimes dangerous  method  of disposal.  Materials that tend
   to cause health  hazards or nuisances should not be disposed of in flares.
   Compounds  such as mercaptans or chlorinated hydrocarbons require special
   combustion devices with chemical treatment of the  gas or its products of
   combustion.
                                   193

-------
     Process Design.  There are, in general, two types of flares for the
disposal of waste gases:  elevated flares and ground-level flares.  The
essential parts of a flare are the burner, stack, seal, liquid trap, con-
trols, pilot burner, and ignition system.

    Smokeless combustion may be attained through the use  of  elevated stack
flares which utilize steam injection  to provide turbulence and inspirate
air.  Three main types  of steam-injected elevated flares  are in use.  These
types vary in the manner in which the steam is  injected into the Combustion
zone.

    In the first type,  there is a commercially  available  multiple nozzle
which consists of an alloy steel  tip  mounted on th» top of an elevated
stack (Figure 28).  Steam injection is accomplished by several small jets
placed concentrically around the flare tip.  These jets are  installed at
an angle, causing the steam to discharge in a converging pattern immediately
above the flare tip.

    A typical refinery waste gas flare system utilizing a multiple steam
jet burner is-presented (Figure 29).   Al.l relief headers from process units
combine into a common header that conducts the hydrocarbon gases and vapors
to a large knockout drum.  Any entrained liquid is dropped out and pumped
to storage.  Tne gases then flow in one of two ways.  For emergency gas
releases that are smaller than or equal to the design rate,  the flow is
directed to the main flare stack.  Hydrocarbons are ignited by continuous
pilot burners, and steam is injected by means of small jet fingers  placed
concentrically about the stack tip.  The steam  is injected in proportion
to  the gas  flow.  The steam control system consists of a pressure controller,
naving a  range of 0 to  20  inches water  column,  that senses the pressure  in
the  vent  line  and sends  an  air signal  to a control  valve  in the steam line.
If  the emergency  yas flow  exceeds  the  designed  capacity of the main flare,
oackpressure  ir  the vent  line  increases, displacing the water  seal  and
permitting  gas  flow to  the  auxiliary  flare.  Steam  consumption of  the burner
at  a peak  flow is auout 0.2  to 0.5 Ib  of steam  per  Ib of  gas,  depending  upon

                                       194

-------
LB
FUEL


   STEAM
                 STACK
                GASEOUS
                WASTE
                                    PILOT BURNERS
                                   (USUALLY 3, 120° APART)
                                       COMMERCIALLY
                                       AVAILABLE
                                       NOZZLE
                                           STEAM
                                           HEADER
 era
                                    FUEL
STEAM
  Figure 28.  Stack Flare Equipped with Mixing Nozzle
                                            0862
                     195

-------
          CD
                                                                                                 STEAM
                                                                                                                        3 - IN.
                                                                                                                      STEAM RING
                                                                                                   PILOT
                                             MAIN
                                       COLLECTION SYSTEM
                                       HYDROGEN
                                       REACTOR
                                       DROPOUT ^
                                    PETROCHEMICAL
                                    SYSTEM
C
                                                        DRIP
                                                        TANK
                                                                          12-FT
                                                                          WATER
                                                                          SEAL
CONDENSATE
                                                             BLINDS


                                                             BY-PASS
                           5 - IN. WATER^N
                           SEAL TANK   J
                                       CATALYTIC CRACKING COMPRESSORS
20-IN.X
40-FT
MAIN
FLARE
                                                3-IN. NOZZLE v  DRAIN
                                                                                               STEAM
                                                                                                PILOT
                                                                                               CZh
                                                                                                                          *
                                                                                                                        DRAIN
                                                                     14-IN. X
                                                                     15-FT
                                                                     AUXILIARY
                                                                     FLARE
                                          Figure 29.   Waste Gas  Flare System Using a  Multiple Steam Jet  Burner

-------
the amount and composition of hydrocarbon gases being vented.

    A small amount of steam (300 to 400  Ib per hour) is allowed to flow
through the jet fingers at all times.   This steam not only permits smoke-
less combustion of gas flows too small to actuate the steam control  valves
but also keeps the jet fingers cooled and open.

    A second type of elevated flare has  a flare tip with no obstruction to
flow, that is, the flare  tip  is the same diameter as the stack.  The steam
is  injected by a single nozzle located concentrically within the burner
tip.  In this type of flare,  the steam is premixed with the gas before
Ignition and discharge.   This configuration flare is generally referred
to  as an Esso type flare  (Figure 30).

    A typical flare system  serving  a  petrochemical plant using this type
burner  is  shown  (Figure 31).  The type of hydrocarbon gases  vented can
range from a saturated to a completely unsaturated material.  The in-
jection of steam is not only  proportioned by  the pressure  in the  blowdown
lines but  is also  regulated according to the  type of material being flared.
This  is accomplished  by the use of  a  ratio relay that is manually controlled,
The relay  is  located  in a central control  room where the operator has an
unobstructed  view of  the  flare  tip.   In  normal operation the relay  is set
to handle  feed  gas which  is most  common  to  this  installation.

     In  this  installation, a blowdown  header  conducts the  gases  to a water
seal  drum and the end of  the  blowdown line is equipped  with  two  slotted
orifices.   The flow  transmitter senses  the pressure  differential  across
  the seal  drum and transmits  an air signal to  the ratio relay.  The signal
  to this relay is either  amplified or attenuated, depending upon its
  setting.  An air  signal  is then transmitted  to a flow controller that
  operates  two parallel steam  valves.  The 1-inch steam valve begins to
  open at an air  pressure  of 3 psig  and is fully open at 5  psig.  The 3-inch
  valve  starts to open at  5  psig and is fully  open at 15 psig air pressure.
  As the gas flow increases, the water level in the pipe becomes lower than
  the water level  in the drum, and more of the  slot is uncovered.  Thus,
                                     197

-------
              3  2-IN.
            PILOT BURNERS
             (120° APART)
3 IGNITORS
(TYPICAL 3 PLACES)
                         18 IN.
                 STEAM-
                 r
                  STACK
 Figure 30.  Esso Type Flare
                          0862
               198

-------
       STEAM
                                     LARGE FLOW
                                                                          —J
     FLOW
     CONTROLLER
                    SMALL FLOW

                      PURGE GAS
                        PRESSURE SENSOR
INSTRUMENT AIR
o
 RATIO
 RELAY
      WASTE GAS
                                   PRESSURE TAPS
                                   HIGH  LOW -»
      WATER
                                    FLAME ARRESTOR
                                   	D	
                                                                         STACK
                                           SLOTTED
                                           ORIFICE
                                                                LOOP
                                                                SEAL
           Figure 31.  Waste-Gas Flare System Using Esso Type Burner
                                                             .0862

-------
the difference  in pressure between  the  line and the seal drum increases.
This  information is transmitted  as  an air signal to actuate the steam
valves.  The slotted orifice senses flows that are too small to be  in-
dicated by a pi tot-tube-type flow meter.  The water level is maintained
1-1/2 inches above the top of the orifice to take care of sudden surges
of gas to the sytem.

     A 3-inch steam nozzle is so positioned within the stack so that the
expansion of the steam just fills the stack and mixes with the gas  to
provide smokeless combustion.  This type of flare is probably less
efficient in the use of steam than some of the commercially available
flares but is desiraole from the standpoints of simpler construction
and lower maintenance costs.

     A third type of flare,  the Sinclair elevated  flare (Figure  32)
is equipped with a flare tip constructed to cause the gases to flow
through several tangential openings to promote turbukfce.   A steam ring
at the top of the stack ha-; numerous equally spaced holes about 1/8
inch in diameter for discharging steam into the gas stream.

     The injection of steam in this latter flare may be automatically or
manually controlled.  In most cases, the steam is proportioned automatically
to the rate of gas> flow: however, in some installations, the steam  is auto-
matically supplied at maximum rates, and manual throttling of a steam valve
is required for adjusting the steam flow to the particular gas flow rate.
There are many variations of instrumentation among various  flares, some
designs being more desirable than others.  For economic reasons, all de-
signs attempt to proportion steam flow to the gas flow rate.


    There are four principal  types  of ground level  flare:  horizontal
vc,»turi,  water injection, multijet, and vertical  venturi.  A  typical
horizontal   venturi-type ground flare system is shown  (Figure  33).
                                     200

-------
2 IN. OD
STEAM RING

    GUSSET.^
    PLATE  \
     SEaiON A-A
  GAS PILOT

  .COVER PLATE
     SUPPORT
     STRIPS
    STEEL
    SHROUD
                                        PLASTIC
                                        INSULATION
GAS STANDPIPE

PROTECTING SHROUD

STEAM SUPPLY PIPES

 FLAME ARRESTER
          Figure  32.  Sinclair Type Flare
                                      0862
                       201

-------
s
      STEEL, CEMENT, OR
      REFRACTORY WALL
 GAS TO PILOT BURNERS
REFINERY
FLARE HEADER _
    LIQUID
    KNOCKOUT
    TANK
                 f
             CONDENSATE
             TO SUMP OR
             RECOVERY
                                      PILOT BURNERS
                                               v
                                           AUTOMATIC SNAP ACTION VALVES
                                        EMERGENCY OR BYPASS LINE
                                                                        LIQUID SEAL
                 Figure  33.  Typical Venturi Ground Flare
                                                   0862

-------
In this system, the refinery flare header discharges to a knockout drum
where any entrained liquid is separated and pumped to storage.   The gas
flows.to the burner header, which is connected to three separate banks
of standard gas burners through automatic valves of the snap-action type
that open at predetermined pressures.  If any or all of the pressure
valves fail, a bypass line with a liquid seal is provided (with no valves
in the circuit), which discharges to the largest bank of burners.

    Another type of ground flare useJ in petroleum refineries has  a water
spray to inspirate air and provide water vapor for the smokeless combustion
of gases (Figure 34).  This flare requires an adequate supply of water
(Table 17) and a reasonable amount of open space.

    The structure of the flare consists of three concentric stacks.  The
combustion chamber contains the burner, the pilot burner, the end of the
ignitor tube, and the water spray distributor ring.  The primary purpose
of the intermediate stack is to confine the water spray so that It will
be mixed intimately with burning gases.  The outer stack confines  the
flame and directs it upward.

    Water is not as effective as steam for controlling smoke with high
gas flow rates, unsaturated materials, or wet gases.  The water spray flare'
is economical when venting rates are not too high and slight smoking can
be tolerated.

    A recent type of flare developed by the refining industry is known as
a multijet .  This type of flare was designed to burn excess hydrocarbons
without smoke, noise, or visible flame.

    A sketch of a multijet flare installation is shown (Figure 35}.  The
flare uses two sets of burners; the smaller group handles normal gas
leakage and small gas releases, while both burner groups are used at
higher flaring rates.  This sequential operation is controlled by two
water-sealed drums set to release at different pressures.  In extreme
emergencies, the multijet  burners are by-passed by means of a water

                                   203

-------
 WATER SPRAY
 DISTRIBUTOR RING
   •MXJ	
cbHxi—
  AFLAME AR
             EIGHT 1-IN.
             HOLES
                                                                             FLARE HEADER
E?
§-•
                                                                                  WATER
                                                                                  SUPPLY
     WATER
Y    STRAINERS
Figure 34.  Typical Water Spray Type Ground Flare
                                            0862

-------
                               TABLE 17

        WATER SPRAY PRESSURES  REQUIRED FOR SMOKELESS BURNING*0862
Gas rate,
scfh
200,000
150,000
125,000
Unsaturates,
% by vol
0 to 20
30
40
Molecular
weight
28
33
37
Water pressure,
Dsig
30 to 40
80
120
Water
rate, gpm
31 to 35
45
51
*  The data in this  table were obtained with a 1-1/2 inch-diameter
   spray nozzle in a ground  flare with the following dimensions:
                              Height, ft         Diameter, ft
   Outer stack                    30                  14
   Intermediate stack             12                   6
   Inner stack                     4                   2.5
                                205

-------
                                                                       JETS
   WASTE GASES
FLOW BALANCING
VALVE
                                                                 J-
  SEAL WATER
                     STACK SHELL
                 \
                                                                  FIRST-STAGE BURNERS\
                                                                          Y
               FIRST-STAGE
               SEAL DRUM
OVER
CAPACITY
SEAL
                                                   SECOND-STAGE
                                                   SEAL DRUM
                                                      SEAL WATER
                                                           VENT
                                                                                      -*- TO SEWER
Figure 35.   Multiject  Flare System
                              .0862

-------
seal that directs the gases to the center of the stack.   This seal  blows
at flaring rates higher than the design capacity of the  flare.   At  such
an excessive rate, the combustion is\both luminous and smoky, but the
unit is usually sized so that an overcapacity flow would be a rare  occurrence.
The overcapacity line may also be designed to discharge  through a water
seal to a nearby elevated flare rather than to tne center of a multijet
stack.  Similar staging could be accomplished with automatic valves or
backpressure regulators; however, in'this case, the water seal  drums are
used because of reliability and ease:of maintenance.  The staging system
is balanced by adjusting the hand control butterfly valve leading to the
first-stage drum.  After its initial, setting, this valve is locked  into
position.         '.                :
                                   V
                                   ll
     The fourth type of flare,based1.upon the use of commercial-type venturi
burners,is presented (Figure 36).  This type of flare has been used to
                                   t
handle vapors from gas-blanketed tanks, and vapors displaced from the depres-
suring of butane and propane tank trucks.  Since the commercial venturi
burner requires a certain minimum pressure to operate efficiently,  a gas
blower must be provided.  Generally; burners operate at a pressure  of
1/2 to 8 psig.
                                   . i

    This type of flare is suitable -for relatively small  flows of gas of
a constant rate  (Table 18).  Its main application is in situations where
other means of disposing of gases and vapors are not available.

    Most refineries  and petrochemical plants have a fixed schedule for
inspection and maintenance of processing units and their auxiliaries.
The flare system should not be exempted from this practice.  Removal of
a flare from service for maintenance requires some type of standby equip-
ment  to disperse emergency gas vents during the shutdown.  A simple stack
with  pilot burner  should suffice for a standby.  Coordinating this
inspection to take place at the  time when  the major processing units are
also  shut down  is  good practice.
                                    207

-------
             IGNITOR
COMMERCIAL VENTURI
BURNERS
                                               STEEL SHELL
                                               REFRACTORY
                                           3 FT DIAMETER X 10 FT HIGH
                                             PiLOT BURNER
PILOT GAS

WASTE GAS
 Figure 36.  Vertical Venturi  Type Flare
                                   0862
                               208

-------
                             TABLE 18
                VENTURI BURNER CAPACITIES,  FT3/HR0862
Gas pressure,
in. H00
2
4
6
8
10
1/2 p-;ig
1 psig
2 psig
3 psig
4 psig
5 psig
6 psig
7 psig
8 Psig
3/16-in. orifice
70
100
123
142
160
210
273
385






7/16-in. orifice





1,042
1,488
2,157
2,654
3,065
3,407
3,742
4,040
4,320
1/2-in. orifice





1,360
1,900
2,640
3,200
3,680
4,080
4,480
4,800
5,160
Basis:  1,000 Btu/ft3 natural gas.
                              209

-------
     Flare instrumentation requires schediled maintenance to ensure proper
operation.  Most of the costs and problems of flare maintenance arise from
this instrumentation • Maintenance expenses for flare burners can be reduced
by constructing them of chrome-nickel alloy.   Because of-the inaccessibility
of elevated flares, the use of alloy construction is recommended.


      Process  Economics.0862'1456'1460'1533  Capital and operating costs  for
 flare installations are scarce.   The capital investment will  vary signifi-
 cantly depending upon the complexity of the  overall system, the type and
 quantity of waste gas being combusted and the materials of construction.
 Capital costs of flare systems have been reported to range from $1 to $100
 per 1,000 SCFH of capacity.  Operating costs are mainly a function of steam,
 water and pilot fuel  requirements, maintenance and labor.

      Process  Applicability.  Flares are generally applicable to the ultimate
 disposal of large volumes of combustible gases and aerosols.   They have
 found application in most petroleum refineries and petrochemical plants.
 However, flares are not recommended for use  at National Disposal Sites
 because of the associated lack of effluent control.  This lack of control
 might result in emissions to the surroundings of harmful conbustion pro-
 ducts such as chlorides, fluorides, cyanides, sulfur compounds, carbon
 monoxide and any partially combusted or uncombusted waste material.


     Additionally, the form of waste handled  by industrial flares (con-
centrated gases in large volumes) suggests that flares are best suited
for use at the processing sites where the waste gas is generated.
                                          ic-j-a 1534
                            Gas Combustors'"'*''5'™

    Gas combustors, or as they are more commonly called, direct-flame thermal
              i
incinerators, are utilized  to dispose of low concentration (usually less
than  25 percent of  the lower flammability limit) combustible gaseous waste.
They  have found wide  application in  the chemical and food processing
industries.
                                     210

-------
     In direct-flame incineration combustible emissions are destroyed by
 exposure,under the proper conditions, to temperatures of 900 to 1,500 F.
 in the presence of a flame.  The actual temperature required to do an
 effective job depends on the specific pollutants involved and the design
 of the combustion chamber.


       Operation  Principle.0862'1533'1534  The basic  components of  a  direct-
 flame thermal incinerator are  presented schematically  (Figure 37).   They
 are the  combustion chamber,  gas burner, burner controls, and temperature
 indicator.  Operation of  the unit is relatively simple.  The contaminated
 gases  are delivered to the combustor from the process equipment by  an
 exhaust  system.  The combustion chamber must be designed for complete mixing
 of the contaminated gases with the flames and burner combustion gases.  The
 presence of a flame is important for contaminant removal.  Evidence indicates
 that when using electric heat energy, much higher temperatures are required--
 1,500 to 1,800 F-to obtain  the same efficiency achieved with a direct-flame
 system at 1,000 to 1,400 F.  One satisfactory method of achieving proper
 mixing is the admission of the contaminated gases  into a throat where the
 burner is located.   Sufficiently high velocities  may be obtained here for
 thorough mixing of the gases  with the burner combustion products in  the
 region of highest temperature.

    Next, the gases pass into the main section of the combustor where velocity
is reduced somewhat by the larger cross-sectional  area.  Here the combustion
reactions are completed and the incinerated air contaminants and combustion
gases are discharged to either heat recovery equipment, scrubbers or direct-
ly to the stack.

    Direct-flame incineration  can be highly effective.   Experience  has shown
that direct-flame incineration systems L
-------
                                               COMBUSTION
                                                  CHAMBER
                                   BURNER
                                   THROAT
 CONTAMINATED
   AIR STREAM
Q
  FAN
                     BURNER
                    CONTROL
                      VALVE
                                                                  EFFLUENT TO STACK
                                                                    THERMOCOUPLE
                                                      TEMPERATURE
                                                      CONTROLLER
                                                      AND RECORDER
                            BURNER
                            FUEL
Figure 37.   Direct-Flame Thermal Incinerator
                                      .0862

-------
 installation of modulating gas burner controls.  These controls may effect
 considerable savings in fuel where the volume of gases or the amount of
 combustible material delivered to the combustor varies appreciably during
 the process cycle, or where both vary.  A constant temperature in the
 afterburner chamber can be maintained through a gas temperature sensing
 element that actuates the burner input control.  When, however, the volume
 of contaminated gases  and the amount of combustible materials remain re-
 latively constant, the firing of the burner at a fixed rate is preferable.

    An indicating—or recording-type temperature-measuring device is usually
 installed to show the combustors operating temperature at all  times.  A
 bare thermocouple is normally used because of low cost and rapid response
 to temperature changes.  The thermocouple should be located near the end
 of the combustion chamber to avoid large errors produced by direct radia-
 tions from the burner flames.   The thermocouples may be installed in a
 thermocouple well for protection.

    A safety pilot is usually provided to shut off the burner gas supply
 if the main burner malfunctions or the flow of contaminated gases to the
 combustor is interrupted.   It may also be advisable to install a high-temp-
 erature-limiting control  to shutoff the gas burner fuel supply when com-
 bustion temperatures exceed safe operating levels.

      Process Design.0862'1533'1534'1792  in order to properly design an
 effective direct-flame fume incineration system, the following information
 is required:  flow to be handled (scfm); temperature and pressure of gases
 to be handled; list of contaminants involved--type and concentration; de-
 posit problem, if any; fuel available—natural gas or oil; cost of fuel;
 number of hours of plant operations; and an indication if heat energy can
 be used elsewhere in the plant.

    There are basically two basic configurations of direct-flame  thermal
combustors; vertical  and  horizontal  units (Figures  38  and  39).    The type
of unit utilized is  usually dictated by heat recovery  requirements.   That
 is, vertical  units are  usually used when no heat recovery  is desired while
horizontal  units are well  suited for this application.

                                   213

-------
                   EFFLUENT TO SCRUBBERS
                      AND/OR STACK
        GAS BURNER
        PIPING
                                    REFRACTORY LINED
                                    STEEL SHELL
                                       REFRACTORY RING BAFFLE
                                            INLET FOR CONTAMINATED
                                            AIRSTREAM
             BURNER
             BLOCK
Figure 38.   Vertical  Direct-Flame Combustor Without Heat Recovery
                                                          .0862
                            214

-------
MIXING
THROAT
                      RAW GAS
                      BURNER
REACTION
CHAMBER
cXHAUST
OUTLET
 7  OUTER STEEL
/   JACKET

      INSULATION
                                                            HEAT
                                                            EXCHANGER
                  STRUCTURAL
                  BASE
                                                                       FUME
                                                                    W INLET

                                                                    A
                        ACCESS
                        PLATE
     Figure 39.  Horizontal Direct-Flame Combustor with  Heat Recovery
                                                               1792

-------
    Direct-flame combustors, regardless of form, usually operate with  throat
velocities ranging from 15 to 25 fps, and combustion chamber residence times
between 0.3 and 0.5 seconds.  Operating temperatures are usually between
850 and 1500 F depending upon the waste being combusted.  Standard industrial
units are available with capacities ranging from 2,000 to 30,000 scfm  of
contaminated waste gas.

    Most direct-flame incinerators are constructed of firebrick or castable
refractory with a sheet iron shell.  Several types of gas burners have
been successfully utilized  in direct-flame combustors.  Among these are:
atmospheric, nozzle mixing, pressure mixing, premixing, and multijet
gas burners.

       Process  Economics.0285'0862'1461'1533  The  installed  capital cost of
  a  function  of the difficulty of the  combustion  reaction, materials of
  construction  and  the  extent of heat  recovery operating costs  generally
  reflect fuel  consumption  and are therefore  dependent,  upon  inlet gas  tem-
  peratures  and the required combustion temperature.  They also reflect
  maintenance and labor.   Estimates from various  literature  sources of both
  capital and'operating costs  are presented (Table 19).

       Process  Modifications.1459'1460'1461  The primary process modifications
  utilized in direct-flame  thermal combustion are waste heat recovery  options.
  The principle heat  recovery options are influent preheat through heat  ex-
  change with the hot gaseous effluent and effluent heat exchange with other
  process streams (Figure 40).
     Additionally,  secondary scrubbers may be utilized  to further decrease
 concentrations of pollutants  such as chlorides,  fluorides,  sulfur contain-
 ing compounds  and nitrogen oxides when they are present.  This practice
 is  usually very expensive  since the contaminant levels in the  combustor
 effluent stream are  usually very low.
                                     216

-------
B
                                                       TABLE  19.
                                    PROCESS ECONOMICS  FOR  DIRECT-FLAME  INCINERATION

Amount of Gas
Treated, scfm*
Data from Reference No. 1533
Basic Unit 10,000
Basic Unit with Heat Exchanger 10,000
Data from Reference No. 1461
Basic Unit with Heat Exchanger 5,000
25,000
Data from Reference No. 0285
Basic Unit 10,000
Basic Unit with Heat Exchanger 10,000
Data from Reference No. 0862
Basic Unit t
Influent Gas
Temp F
350
550
350
550
400
150
300
300
t
Capital Cost
$/scfm
2.00
1.95
2.40
2.39
2.60
3.20
1.50-2.00
3.00-4.50
5.00-10.00*
Annual Fuel
Cost $/Year
48,000
30,700
33,500
12,200
8,600
35,400
t
t
t
        Contaminants are at less than 25% of L.E.L.
         No data available
^Installed capital  cost

-------
                                                                                         TO ATMOSPHERE
                                                   PREHEATED INFLUENT




DIRECT -FLAME
COMBUSTOR
HEAT
EXCHANGER
V



•/
1
                                                                                             STACK
                                        BURNER
                                        FUEL
CONTAMINATED
INFLUENT
00
                                                                                        TO ATMOSPHERE
                                                                     PROCESS STREAM
                                                                        (HOT)
                     CONTAMINATED
                     INFLUENT
                                 FUEL
                                                                            HEAT
                                                                            EXCHANGER


NER
DIRECT -FLAME
COMBUSTOR



V
1





                                                                                             STACK
                                                                              PROCESS
                                                                              STREAM
                                                                             (COLD)
                      Figure 40.   Heat Recovery Options

-------
     Process Applicability.  Due to the form of the waste material being
treated (dilute and in the gaseous state) direct-flame combustors are best
suited for use at the processing site where the waste is generated.  A
listing of some of the typical industrial applications of direct-flame
                                           1792
combustion systems is presented (Table 20).

     Direct-flame combustors would find use at a National  Disposal  Site  as
a secondary treatment (i.e., afterburner) on primary treatment processes
evolving varying amounts of combustible contaminants.   They are also well
suited to the purification of ventilation air or any air which is moni-
tored for pollutant control.
                                    219

-------
                    TABLE 20
TYPICAL DIRECT FLAME INCINERATION APPLICATIONS1792
       Resin Manufacturing
       Paint and Varnish Cooking
       Wire Enameling
       Metal Decorating
       Coil and Strip Coating
       Carbon Baking Ovens
       Tar and Asphalt Blowing
       Fish Meal Processing
       Printing Press Ink Drying
       Prithalic and Maleic Anhydride Manufacture
       Food Processing
       Rendering of Fats
       Bonding and Burn-off
       Grain Dryers
       Plastic Curing
       Sewage Treatment
       Air Sterilization
                      220

-------
                                 APPENDIX

                       AIR CORRECTION EQUIPMENT

                            1.   INTRODUCTION

     The following is a discussion of the  general  types  of air correction
equipment currently employed for the control of gaseous  and/or particulate
pollutants in process effluent streams.   There are currently two general
categories of abatement equipment in use--wet collection equipment and
dry collection equipment.  This report will summarize the general operating
principles, operational characteristics, and applications of the common
types of pollution control equipment.

                  2.  WET COLLECTION EQUIPMENT2188'1673'2189

     In the collection of gaseous pollutants, the primary removal mechanism
in wet collection systems is the absorption of the gaseous pollutant into
water or other suitable solvents.  The basic operation consists of the
diffusion of the gas molecules to the water surface.  Concentration
differentials near the liquid/gas interface serve as the driving force.
Control equipment which  applies  this principle is characterized by
high interfacial surface  areas,  turbulence  in the gas phase, and high
diffusion coefficients.   Fortunately, in the area of gaseous emission
control, a great number  of the most common  gaseous chemical species
have high solubility  in  water.

     Particulate collection  liquid  scrubbers depend  upon a somewhat
different set of physical processes.  The  primary collection mechanism
is  the  impaction of  solid particulate material on liquid droplets generated
in  the  scrubber.   The function  of  the  liquid  scrubber is to generate
and place  in  contact with the  exhaust  gas  stream  a  sufficient  number  of
liquid  droplets  in the appropriate  droplet size range.  Additional
physical  mechanisms  by which particulate  dispersoids are  collected  in
wet scrubbers  are  Brownian  diffusion,  condensation  of liquid  on  the
 particulate  material, and agglomeration.   In  each case,  the relative

                                  221

-------
effective size of the participate rnateria  is increased in the scrubber,
thus facilitating its ultimate collection and disposal.

     It should be noted that the mechanisms of gaseous and particulate
collection in liquid collectors are somewhat different and that a liquid
scrubber designed to maximize gaseous pollutant removal may be significantly
less effective in the collection of particulate material.  Application of
scrubbers to specific industrial effluent cleaning tasks should be made
only on the basis of careful consideration of the relative importance
of the gaseous and particulate emissions and analysis of the particle size
distribution in the effluent gas stream to be cleaned.

                          Spray Towers/Chambers
     A chamber scrubber consists of a chamber into which the water or an
aqueous solution is introduced tnrougn spray nozzles. The  gas stream may
make a single direct pass through the chamber, or the path may be controlled
by a series of baffles.  Several such chambers or scrubbers are often used
sequentially to produce the desired degree of pollutant removal.  These
devices are characterized by a very low pressure drop for  the gas phase
(0.1 to 0.5 in. of water).  Water pressure required for spray operation
ranges from 20 to 100 Ib per square in.  Water consumption is usually in
                                                              2188
the range of 1/2 to 2 gal per 1,000 cu!>ic feet of gas treated.
                                v
     Spray chambers are used for the removal of both particulate and
gaseous pollutants.  The efficiencies of these devices are generally
rather low for particulate materials and are suitable only for the removal
of particulate materials 10 microns in size or larger.  For the collection
of smaller particulate material, very high water pressures have been
successfully used.  Water pressures on the order of 300 to 450 Ib per
square in. (psi) produce a fog spray which will achieve collection
efficiencies of the order of 90 percent for particles in the 1 to 2
micron size range.  The larger water pressure drops required to acheive
'-•igh efficiency fog spray result in a proportionally higher pump
horsepower and operating cost.  Baffled spray chambers require higher
qas velocities and result in greater gas pressure drops which, in turn,
                                      222

-------
require greater fan horsepower to recover the lost pressure head
and more  expensive ductwork.

     The  simple spray chamber is often used effectively for gaseous
pollution control, especially when treating some of the relatively more
soluble pollutants.  Surface contact area, an important consideration in
gaseous absorption, is relatively low in spray chambers compared with
other types of liquid scrubbers.  For this reason, simple spray chambers
must be very large to produce efficiencies equivalent to more sophisticated
liquid collection systems.  The overall efficiencies reported for multiple
spray chamber installations are greater than 90 percent.  There are no
limitations on gas throughput volume other than those imposed by equipment
                                                                   2
size limits.  However, gas flow rates of approximately 800 Ib/hr-ft  have
been demonstrated as the upper limit, to prevent excessive liquid entrap-
ment.1673
     Spray chambers or towers, because of their simple design, represent one
of the most economical control devices to purchase and install.  The
operating and maintenance expenses associated with this type of device are
also low because of the mechanical simplicity.   Primary maintenance
problems are caused by the use of small, high-pressure nozzles which may
tend to clog under prolonged usage.  The low pressure drops (generally
less than 1 in. of water) allow the use of inexpensive ductwork and
fans to convey the effluent gas stream to the collector.

                          Packed Bed Scrubbers
     The packed bed scrubber is similar to the spray chamber described
above in  that the effluent gas stream to be cleaned is directed through
a chamber or tower in which it makes contact with the scrubbing liquid.
The high  liquid surface area exposed to the gas stream is produced by
interaction with the packed bed.  The packed bed may be in the form
of a fixed packing or loose material which is supported by the action
of the gas stream passing through it.  This latter type is called a
floating bed scrubber.  Scrubbing liquid is generally passed through
this type of scrubber in a direction crosscurrent or countercurrent
to the gas flow.

                                  223

-------
     The fixed bed scrubber is not often used strictly for particulate
pollutant collection.  Operating problems have been encountered when
this type of collector is utilized to clean a gas stream containing
an excessively high concentration of pan.iculate material.  Therefore,
in conjunction with this type of equipment, some form of dry collection
equipment is used that eliminates much of the particulate load on the wet
scrubber and helps prevent clogging.

     The floating bed units, in which the packing is supported by the upward
motion of the exhaust gas stream, are reported to be more resistant to
clogging caused by particulate collection than the fixed packed bed units.
    '      This reported increased ability to handle particulate contaminant
is attributed to the relative motion between the packing materials which
produces a self-cleaning action and allows the collected particulate material
to be removed by the liquid flow.  High particulate removal efficiencies
(95 to 98 percent) have been reported for floating bed scrubbing units.

     A condition known as flooding occurs when the upward cas velocity in
the packed tower reaches a point at which there is a hold-up of liquid
phase on the packing.  In this condition, the liquid held in the packing
builds up and eventually increases the pressure drop across the packed
tower unit to the point where liquid will be entrained and carried out
with the exhaust stream.  Care must be taken in the design and operation
of tower equipment to ensure that this flooding condition  is avoided and
a reasonable pressure drop is maintained.  Properly designed packing
materials allow a high liquid surface area to be maintained within the
scrubber.  Operation at proper liquid-to-gas flow ratios can achieve high
gaseous pollutant removal at relatively low gas flow resistances.  Packing
materials commonly used are plastic materials of various shapes, including
rings, spiral rings, berl saddles, and other shapes which allow a high
ratio of surface area to volume.
              T
     Utility consumption for the packed bed scrubber depends on the
design of the bed, the packing material used and the collection efficiency
desired.  Typical water consumption for the packed bed scrubber ranges from
                                    224

-------
5 to 10 gpm per 1,000 CFM.  Normal packed scrubber design dictates a
pressure drop of from 1 to 10 in. of water with a total horsepower
requirement of 0.3 to 2.8 for fan and pumping costs.  Efficiencies of
95 to 98 percent have been realized for both particulate and gaseous control,
although not necessarily concurrently.

     The choice between crossflow and countercurrent scrubber design is
dependent on the particular application.  However, generally the crossflow
scrubber is applied to situations w'lere the bed depth is less than 6 ft
and countercurrent design is applied at bed depths of 6 ft or more.   These
applications are based'on the lowest combination of installed capital cost
and operating cost.

                         Met Cyclone Scrubbers
     Wet cyclones are  characterized by  tangential entry of the air stream
to be cleaned.  The air stream passes through the collector iri a spiral
path.  The liquid stream  is directed outward from the center of the circular
collection chamber.  The  cyclonic scrubber thus possesses some of the
characteristics of both the simple dry  cyclone collector and the spray
chamber.

     Particulate  collection is accomplished by combining centrifugal
acceleration of the  particles toward  the  chamber wall with the action of
the  spray  droplets  in contacting and removing the  particle.  Particulate
collection efficiences are generally  in excess of 90  percent for particles
5 microns or  larger.   Gaseous pollutant capture  is  produced by the
intimate turbulent contact between the  exhaust gas  stream and the liquid
particles generated  by spray  nozzles  and  air  stream shear forces within
 the  scrubbing  unit.   Liquid requirements  are  generally  on the order  of
 2 to 10 gal. of water per  1,000 cubic  feet of  gas  treated.  Gaseous
 collection efficiencies  range up to  99  percent with pressure drops of  1 to 8
 in.  of water.  Total  fan  and  pump horsepower  vary from 1  to  2 per 1,000 CFM.
 Wet cyclones  have been designed  to treat up  to 100,000 CFM.
                                   225

-------
      In  summary,  the wet cyclone has desirable characteristics when the
gas stream  to be  cleaned contains both ^articulate and gaseous materials.
The wet  cyclone has an adequate capacity for handling high input dust
loadings and produces acceptable collection efficiencies for both
medium sized (>5  microns) particulate and gaseous pollutants.  Where
extremely high particulate collection efficiencies are required, however,
the wet  cyclone is used in conjunction with higher efficiency collection
units.   The purchase, installation and operating costs associated with
cyclonic scrubbers are comparable with those of packed bed  units for
situations where  the exhaust gas stream to be cleaned represents a high
gas flow rate; however, the cyclonic scrubber requires less maintenance,

                          Self-Induced Spray Scrubbers
      In  this type of scrubber, the gas liquid contact is created as a
result of impingement of the carrier gas upon a liquid.   The performance
characteristics are thus dependent upon the gas flow rate through the
collector.  The effluent gas stream to be cleaned is impinged upon the
surface of the scrubbing liquid; the scrubbing liquid is fragmented and
broken into droplet-sized particles by the kinetic energy in the gas
stream.  The liquid droplets formed are entrained, and the effluent gas
stream is passed through further sections in which turbulent contact
between the liquid and gas phases occur.

     Particulate collection efficiency approaches 90 percent for particles
2 microns and larger.   For medium efficiency collection  units of this
type, pressure drops range between 3 and 6 in.  of water.   The entrained
water droplets and the collected particulate material are removed in the
                                                    01 Q~J
final  demisting stage of the induced spray scrubber.      This type of
equipment is particularly applicable to gas streams with high dust
loadings since continuous removal  of sludge can be accomplished with the
installation of a screw convenyor.   No pumping horsepower is required
since the water remains at essentially atmospheric pressure and is
atomized by the gas stream.
                                   226

-------
     Another advantage of the induced spray collector lies in the fact
that construction does not involve close clearances or small orifices.
Clogging, which often represents the bulk of the maintenance problems in
wet collectors, would not be expected under normal operating conditions.

     Gaseous collection efficiency in the self-induced spray scrubber has
been reported to be greater than 99 percent removal.   The control system
reported in these observations was a two-stage scrubbing operation with
sequential induced spray collectors.  Liquid-to-gas requirements are
generally lower for this type unit than for most other wet collectors.
Liquid requirements range between 1/4 to 3 gal  of liquid per 1,000
cubic feet of gas.  Fan horsepower for head recovery is from 0.7 to 1.4
per 1,000 CFM of treated gas.

                        Orifice Plate Bubblers
     The orifice plate buubler is a class of wet impingement scrubber.
The gas stream to be cleaned is passed through a perforated plate and
impinged on baffles where the gas jets attain maximum velocity.   The
impingement baffles are covered by a layer of scrubbing liquid during
operation. The gas stream passing through the baffle plate prevents
the flow of liquid through the perforated plate.  Intimate mixing of the
gas streams and the liquid occurs facilitating both gas transfer to the
liquid phase and particulate collection by the scrubbing liquid.

     Particulate collection efficiencies from 90 to 95 percent have been
reported for 2-micron diameter dust particles.  Several stages of perforated
plate and impingement baffle may be assembled into a  single collector unit.
The particulate removal efficiency is directly related to the number of
plates used in the scrubber.  As is usual in the design of wet collectors,
a mist eliminator is used following the last baffle plate section.   Pressure
drop through the impingement baffle system has been reported between 1 to
10 in. of water depending upon the size and number of perforations  used,
                                                      2188
and the number of impingement plates in the collector.
                                  227

-------
     Gaseous pollutant removal efficiencies between 99 and 99.5 percent
have been reported for orifice plate bubblers.  High collection efficiencies
for both particulate and gaseous pollutants make this unit applicable in
a wide range of control situations.  Water usage runs from 1  to 5 gpm per
1,000 CFM and the total (fan and pump) horsepower requirements range from
0.5 to 3 per 1,000 CFM.

     Clogging has not proved to be a problem in this equipment even though
the perforations in the plate are typically only 1/4 in.  or less in
diameter.  Clogging is prevented by high (75 ft/sec or more)  gas velocities
through these orifices which agitate the liquid on the surface of the plate
and keep the dust particles in suspension.

                             Venturi Scrubbers
     The basic distinguishing design feature of the venturi scrubber is
the passage of the exhaust gas stream through a venturi-type constriction.
In this constriction, high linear gas velocities 0^1 the order of 12,000
to 42,000 ft per minute are attained.  The scrubbing liquid is usually
introduced normal to the gas flow at or near the minimum flow area of the
venturi.  The high gas velocity at this point atomizes the scrubbing
liquid into fine droplets that are maintained in turbulent contact with
the gas stream.

     Particulate collection efficiencies in the venturi scrubber are
directly related to the gas phase energy input.  Gas pressure drops of
10 to 100 in. of water are common in this type unit with particulate
collection efficiency for submicron particles approaching 99 percent
at the higher pressure drops.  The freedom from clogging afforded by
the relatively simple liquid distribution system of this type unit makes
possible the treatment of exhaust streams containing high dust loads.
The high particulate removal efficiency further makes the venturi scrubber
most applicable when particulate removal is of primary importance.
                                   228

-------
     The intimate gas-liquid contact obtained in this  type unit allows
the efficient removal of gaseous as well  as particulate pollutants.
Gaseous pollutant removal efficiencies from 80 to 99 percent have been
reported.  The venturi pressure drops associated with  these reported
efficiencies ranged from 15 to 50 in. of water.2188  Scrubber liquid
requirements for this type of control equipment range  from 3 to over 8
gal per 1,000 cubic feet of gas.

                              Jet Scrubber
     Another type of scrubber open-ted on the venturi principle is the
jet scrubber or ejector venturi design.  As in the case of the standard
venturi scrubber, the basic operating principle consists of passage of the
exhaust gas flow through a restrictive orifice.  In the ejector venturi
design, the energy  impelling the gas stream through the orifice comes
from a high pressure liquid spray rather than from the gas phase pressure
drop across the collecting unit i.e., water is used to aspirate the dust-
laden gas  through the ejector.  The ejector provides the head for the gas,
although  large  induced drafts  (above several inches of water) are usually
avoided  to maintain a high entrapment  ratio since larger  entrapment
ratios require less  water for a qiven qas flow  rate.   Typical  water
usage   ranges  from  50 to  100 gpm per 1,000 CFM with  a  pressure drop of 50
to 100  psi for the  water  across the  ejector.  This amounts to 1 to 5 pump
hp per  1,000  CFM.   Particulate and  gaseous collection  efficiencies
experienced with  the ejector venturi design are  comparable with those  attained
 In conventional  venturi  scrubbing.   In both devices,  the air  stream is
 brought into  intimate and turbulent contact with a fine  droplet  spray.

      The jet  scrubber is  usually  followed  by a  baffled or  settling chamber
 to capture the water treated particulate matter and  water  droplets.   The
 main use for this type of equipment is in  situations where it is  not
 economical to add a fan to the system.  A wide range of sizes is  available
 in this type of collection unit and multiple banks  of ejector Venturis
 have been used to control large process emission sources.
                                  229

-------
                          Dynamic Met Scrubbers
     In the dynamic wet scrubber, liquid is mechanically sheared into
fine droplets and then contacted with the dust laden gas stream.  The
shearing usually is accomplished by injecting the water into fan blades
which simultaneously mix the water and dust streams and recover the lost
pressure head of the effluent stream.  The wetted impeller and a housing
hold the collected dust particles and prevent re-entrainment.  The dust
                j
collection efficiency is approximately 95 percent for 1 micron particles.
Although no pressure drop is incurred by the process stream, there is a
3 to 20 hp/1,000 CFM requirement for the fan to disperse the water and recover
the head.  Many of the higher horsepower dynamic units are being displaced
with venturi scrubbers.  Typical water consumption varies from 3 to 5 gpm
per 1,000 CFM.  Good gaseous collection efficiencies can be expected from
the dynamic wet scrubber because of an intimate mixing of the water and
the process stream.

                  3.  DRY REMOVAL SYSTEMS2188'1673'218
    Dry removal systems are generally used as primary treatment systems and
have little effect on gaseous pollutants.  Under certain conditions, dry
collection systems have been applied to effluent streams either to decrease
the particulate load on subsequent control  equipment or to collect a solid
adsorbant that has been used to reduce the stream's gaseous pollutant
content.  In either case, the dry collection equipment is usually followed
by secondary or even tertiary treatment.   Three main classes of dry collection
equipment are available'-mechanical  collection equipment, electrostatic
precipitation, and fabric filtration.

                           Mechanical  Collectors
    Mechanical collectors (inertial separators) have proven to be reliable
collectors of dry particulate material in a number of air pollution control
applications.  These devices collect particulate material  by the use of
centrifugal force, gravitational force, or by rapid changes in the direction
of the dust laden stream.  Mechanical devices are simple to construct,
relatively inexpensive, and operate at moderate pressure drops.   Generally,
                                     230-

-------
the efficiency of the mechanical collector will increase markedly with
increased dust loadings, thus, it is often used as a precollector for more
efficient control equipment which is susceptible to overload.  Common types
of dry mechanical collectors employed in industry include the settling
chamber, the louver type collector, the cyclone, the impingement collector,
and the dynamic collector.

     Settling Chamber.  The settling chamber directs the dust laden gas into
an oversized duct where the gas velocity drops to a point where the entrained
particles drop out because of the rorce of gravity.  This type of equipment
                                                                        o
is used in relatively high particulate concentrations (above 5 grains/ft )
witn particles sizes of 50 microns or larger.  Dust collection efficiencies
range from 50 to 90 percent depending on dust particle size distribution.
The pressure drop through the settling chamber ranges from 0.2 to 0.5 in.
water gage (wg) resulting in a low fan horsepower requirement of 0.04 to
0.12 per 1,000 CFM of treated gas.  Since the efficiency of the settling
chamber is relatively low for dispersoid particulates and has no effect
on gaseous pollutants, this type of equipment is generally used for
pretreatment of a gaseous stream that is to be fed to some more efficient
type of collection device.  The volume of gas that is treated by this type
of equipment is limited only by the space available for the unit designed
to treat that volume.  The typical gas velocity through the chamber ranges
from 5 to 10 ft per second.

                    71RQ
     Baffle Chamber.      In the baffle chamber, settling is aided by
using the momentum of the heavy particulate matter to separate it from the
carrier gas.  The dust laden gas enters the baffle chamber and is directed
downward around a baffle and out tne top of the chamber.  The heavy dust
particles tend to continue moving downward and are separated from the gas
stream.  They drop out a small opening in the bottom of the chamber and
are collected.  The baffle chamber is used for the same type of conditions
as is the settling chamber with the advantage of a smaller space requirement.
Gas velocities of 20 to 40 ft per second are typical in the baffle chamber
with a pressure drop of 0.1 to 0.5 in. of water.  The fan horsepower requirement
needed to compensate for this pressure drop is 0.02 to 0.12 per 1,000 CFM
of treated gas.  The baffle chamber has a collection efficiency of from 50to
                                  231

-------
90 percent depending on the dust particles to be removed (usually above
50-micron diameter).
     Skimming Chamber.2189 The skimming chamber is similar to the baffle
chamber in that it uses the greater momentum of the dust particles to
separate them from the gas stream.  The dirty gas stream enters an enclosed
metal scroll tangentially and the dust is carried to the edge by inertia.
A concentrated dust stream is skimmed from the edge of the scroll and sent
to a secondary chamber.  Gas velocities of 35 to 70 ft per second are typical
for this type of equipment.  Efficiencies of 70 percent are obtainable with
particles  20 microns  in diameter.  Pressure drops of up to 1  in. of water
can be expected with  a resulting  horsepower requirement of from 0.02 to  0.24
per  1,000  CFM.  The  limiting size for this type of equipment  is  50,000 CFM.

     Louver  Type  Collectors2189  This type of equipment also  employs the
difference in  momentum between  the dust  particles  and  the  carrier gas  tc
separate out the  dust.   The  incoming  gas  must nake a sharp bend  in  order
to  escape  through  the IOUVC.T (slots)  in  the  wall.  Tne heavier dust
particles  are  carried to the end of  the  apparatus  where they  are carried
out by a small  portion of tne  original  gas  stream in a concentrated stream.
Efficiency of 80  percent can be obtained on 20-micron  particles  at  gas
 velocities of 35  to 70 ft per second.   Flow rates are  limited to 30,000 CFM
 for this type of equipment.   A pressure drop of 0.5 to 2 in.  of water can be
 expected through this type of equipment requiring from 0.12 to 0.48 fan
 hp per 1,000 CFM to return the yas stream to pretreatment pressure  conditions,

      Ury_Cyc1ones.2189   In a cyclone, the dust laden gas enters the top of
  the apparatus tangentially, forming a vortex that extends downward toward
  the oottoin of the cone-shaped  base.  At  this point the gas then reverses
  its direction and moves  up  the center of the outer vortex in  a vortex core.
  The separation of  the dust  occurs during the downward flow of gas when  the
  inertia of  tne particles  forces  them out of the gas stream toward  the wall
  of the  cyclone.  At the  bottom of the cone, the particles continue to move
  downwards because  of their  momentum  in  that direction and are collected
  through a hole  at  the base  of  the cone.
                                      232

-------
     The simple cyclone is typically applied to streams up to 50,000 CFM
and can obtain 50 percent efficiency on 20-micron particles.   Pressure
drops of 0.5 to 3 in. of water are typical with gas velocities of 35 to 70
ft per second.  Fan horsepower requirements are from 0.12 to 0.74 per
1,000 CFM to recover the lost pressure head.

     There are several modifications of the simple cyclone also employed
as dust collection equipment.  The high efficiency cyclone employs a
relatively small diameter and higher gas velocities in order to obtain a
greater efficiency.  Efficiencies of 80 percent have been obtained on 10-
nncron particles.  Flow rates in this type  of  cyclone are limited to 12,000
CFM with an  increased  pressure drop of 3 to 5  in. of water because of the
increased gas  velocities.  The larger pressure drop dictated by this
equipment requires a proportionally larger  fan horsepower requirement in
order  to recover  the  lost pressure  head.  Another  common  variation on the
simple  cyclone is  the  multiple cyclone in which many small diameter cyclones
are  employed to  treat  the same amount of  gas  as a  conventional cyclone.   The
effect  of  this approach  is  to decrease the  effective diameter and increase
the  efficiency.   An  efficiency of  90  percent  is  nominal  for  7.5-micron
particles.   The pressure drop and  fan  horsepower  for the  multiple cyclone
 is similar to the high efficiency  cyclone.

      Impingement Collector.2189   The  impingement  collector  also  uses  the
 higher momentum of the dust particles to separate them from the  carrier
 gas.  The dirty gas  is accelerated by a  venturi  and the particle momentum
 carries the dust particles  through a  slot  in a facing  metal  plate where they
 impinge on another plate and are collected.  The carrier gas tends  to
 diffuse away  from the path of the dust particles.  It strikes the first
 metal plate and is carried away rather than going through the slot.   This
 type of equipment can produce 90 percent efficiency on 10-micron particles
 with a pressure drop  of from 1  to 2 in.  of water.  Almost unlimited flow
 rates are handled by  impingement equipment with gas velocities of from 50
 to  100 ft per second.  Fan horsepower requirements for head recovery are
 from 0.24. to  0.48 per 1,000  CFM.
                                   233

-------
                           pi OQ
     Dry Dynamic Collector.       The dry dynamic  collector  is  unique in
that it uses a specially designed fan to separate the dust  particles from
the carrier gas and thus has no effective pressure drop.  The  gas  stream
is drawn into the collector and accelerated by the impellers of the fan
causing the heavy dust particles to be thrown to  the outside of the fan
chamber.  Here they are collected as a concentrated stream  and sent to a
hopper where they settle out.   Since the dynamic  collector  employs a fan,
there is no pressure drop through the equipment and the only  utility
required for this equipment is the horsepower for the collector itself.
Tho horsepower required for a dynamic collector is slightly greater than
that for a fan utilized for the same duty, since the mechanical efficiency
is somewhat smaller for the collector.  Normally the dynamic  collector can
handle up to 17,000 CFM of dirty gas with efficiencies of 80  percent on
15-micron particles.
                                                21R8
                     Electrostatic Precipitation  '°°
     Electrostatic precipitators use an electrical field for charging the
particles in the incoming, pollutant-laden gas causing the charged particles
to migrate to a collecting electrode because of the electrical field.
Particles are collected on the opposite-polarity electrode and transferred
to storage for disposal.  Control equipment of this type has had extensive
application in many fields of pollution control.  A primary advantage of
electrostatic precipitators is the relatively low operating costs  of  these
units.  Power requirements are low with the gas pressure drop  rarely  exceeding
1/2 to  1 in. of water.  Additional power must, of course, be supplied in the
form of electric energy required to  ionize and collect the particulate
material.  The total power requirements for electrostatic precipitator
units,  however, are low compared with  power requirements to attain
equivalent efficiencies with  other collecting mechanisms; they range  between
0.1 and 0.6  kw  per 1000 CFM.   Electrostatic precipitation units are
cownonly designed  to operate  at  greater than  90  percent particulate removal
efficiencies  on particles  of  2 microns or  less with  gas flow  rates from
 10,000  to  2,000,000 CFM.   The initial  cost (purchase  and installation)
of electrostatic precipitation equipment  is  high  relative  to  initial  costs
 for mechanical  collectors  or  wet scrubbing systems.
                                     234

-------
                           Fabric Filtration2188
     The third class of dry collection equipment which must be considered
is fabric filters.  In this type of unit, tne exhaust gas stream to be
treated is passed through a fabric filter bag which collects the particulate
material in the exhaust gases while allowing the gases to pass through
to the stack for emission.  Very large areas of fabric are used to filter
gas streams.  The pressure drop or resistance to air flow in fabric filter
units increases as the dust loading builds up on the fabric.  In general,
the pressure drop for this type of unit is between 5 and 10 in. of water.
Various cleaning mechanisms are used periodically to remove collected
particulate material from the fabric filters.

     Paniculate collection efficiency for this type of unit often exceeds
99.5 percent.  Fabric filter units are relatively unaffected by dust loading
or gas  throughput up to their design capacity.  For this reason they
represent one of  the most positive and efficient particulate control
devices available.  When used in conjunction with a solid adsorbent
substance,  fabric filtration can achieve a high degree of gaseous pollutant
removal.

     Fabric filtration suffers  from  two major  limitations.  Humid gas
streams cause problems because  of  caking and binding  of  the collected
particulate material on  the  fabric surface.  This causes greatly
increased  pressure  drop  and,  in some cases,  prevents  air flow  through
the  filter installation.   The second major  limitation is in the cleaning
of high temperature exhaust  gases.   Certain  fabric  filter materials,
such as glass  fibers and  aromatic  polyimide  fabrics,  have  the  ability
to withstand exhaust gas  streams up  to  550  F.   For  gas  temperatures
above  this  level, or when it is desirable to use  less expensive filtering
materials  such  as nylon,  cotton or wool,  the gas  stream must be cooled
prior to entry  into the  fabric  filter  unit.
                                 235

-------
                               REFERENCES

0053. DeMarco, 0., D.  J.  Keller,  J.  Leckman,  and J   L.  Newton.   Incinerator
        guidelines 1969.   Public  Health fervice  Publication  No.  2012.
        Rockville, Maryland, Bureau  of Solid  Waste  Management,  1969.   105  p.
0167  IIT Research Institute.  Utilization of red-mud wastes for lightweight
        structural building-products.   Final  report prepared for the  U.  S.
        Department of the Interior,  Bureau of Mines under Contract No.  14-
        09-0070-382, May 1968.  41 p.
0285. Lund, H. F.  Industrial pollution control  handbook.  1 v.   New  York,
        McGraw-Hill Book Company, 1971.
0304. Ross, R. D.  Industrial waste disposal.  New York, Van Nostrand
        Reinhold  Book Corporation, 1968.  340 p.
0534 Jones.  H. R.  Environmental control in the organic and petrochemical
        industries. 'Park Ridge,  New Jersey, Noyes Data Corporation,  1971.
        264 p.
0582 Witt, Jr. ,  P. A.   Disposal  of solid wastes.  Chemical Engineering.
        78(22):62-78, Oct.  4,  1971.

°862-
                              .
         by Air Pollution  Control  District,  County of Los Angeles. Washington,
         U.  S.  Government  Printing Office,  1967.  892 p.
 0958.  Department of the Army,  Edgewood Arsenal.  Transportable  disposal
         systems, environmental  statement.   Special  publication, EASP  200-11,
         July 1971.   297 p.
 0976  Prenco.   Prenco brochure; the modern approach to liquid  pollution
         control.  Detroit,  Michigan, Pickands  Mather and Company.   7  p.
 1002  Novak, R. G.   Eliminating or disposing of industrial  solid wastes.
         Chemical Engineering, 77(21) :79-82, Oct.  5, 1970.
 1435. John Zink Company.   NOX destructor.   Tulsa,  Oklahoma.
 1456. Personal  communication.  J. Feldstine, Hirt Combustion Engineers,  to
         M. Santy, TRW Systems, Mar. 21, 1972.
 1459. Personal  communication.  R. Stattenbenz, Air Preheater,  to M. Santy,
         TRW Systems, Mar. 21,  1972.
 1460. Personal  communi cation.  C. Cantrel , John Zink Company, to M. Santy,
         TRW Systems, Mar. 21,  1972.
  1461. Personal  communication.  J. Brewer,  UOP, Air Correction  Division, to
         M.  Santy,  TRW Systems, Mar. 21, 1972.
                                     236

-------
                         REFERENCES  (CONTINUED)


1465.  Dorr-Oliver.   The Dorr-Oliver  FS disposal  system.   Bulletin  No.  6051.

1466.  Alford, J.  M.   Sludge disposal  experiences at North Little Rock,
        Arkansas.  Journal  of the Hater Pollution Control Federation.
        41(2):175-183, Feb. 1969."

1533.  Brewer, G.  L.   Fume incineration.  Chemical Engineering,  Oct.  14,  1968.

1534.  Pauletta, C.   Incineration. Jji  Pollution Engineering, Mar./Apr.
        1970.  p. 1.

1574.  Lewis, F. M.   Discussions of papers presented at the 1968 National
        Incinerator Conference, New  York, May 5-8, 1968.  American Society
        of Mechanical Engineers,  p. 1.

1575.  Bertrand,  R.  R., J. T. Sears,  and A. Skopp.  Fluid bed studies of
        the  limestone based flue gas desulfurization process.  Interim
        Report Oct. 15, 1967-Feb. 15,  1969 prepared for National Air
        Pollution Control Administration by Esso Research and Engineering
        Company, Linden, New Jersey under Contract No. PH 86-67-130.
        Washington, U. S. Government Printing Office, 1969.

1576. Bertrand,  R. R., A. C. Frost, and A. Skopp.  Fluid bed studies of
        the  limestone based flue gas desulfurization process.  Interim
        Report Oct. 31, 1968 prepared  for National Air Pollution  Control
        Administration by  Esso  Research and Engineering  Company,  Linden
        New  Jersey under Contract No.  PH 86-67-130.  Washington,  U. S.
        Government Printing Office, 1969.

1580. Airpollutionomics UOP catalytic  incineration systems.  Bulletin
        No.  602. Darien, Connecticut,  May 1971.   12 p.

1661. PCB  retreats  again.   Chemical Week. 110(5):14-15.  Feb.  2, 1972.

1672. Bartlett-Snow  Company.   Tumble-burner,  advertising brochure.  Bulletin
        205B.  Cleveland,  Ohio, 1970.   6  p.

1673. Perry, R.  H.   Chemical engineers handbook.   3d  ed.   New York, McGraw-
        Hill Book  Company, 1969.

 1688. Honea, F.  I.,  J.  Wichmann, and  W.  A. Bullerdick.   Disposal  of waste
        or excess  high explosives.   Progress  Report,  Jan.-Mar.  1972,
        prepared for U.  S.  Atomic Energy Commission,  Albuquerque  Operations
        Office by  Mason &  Hanger -  Silas Mason  Company,  Inc.

 1689. TFW  internal correspondence.  G.  I. Gruber  to R. S. Ottinger,
        Apr.  7,  1972.  Trip report Mar. 22-24,  1972 (Mason and Hanger;
        Olin Company:  Army Materiel  Command)--Hazardous Waste Disposal.
                                  237

-------
                         REFERENCES (CONTINUED)


1701.  Personal  communication.   E.  Dolsak,  Bartlett-Snow Company,  to
        M.  Santy, TRW Systems, May 11,  1972.

1702.  John Zink Company.   Waste liquid  burner.   Tulsa,  Oklahoma.   Bulletin
        DB 0267.

1703.  John Zink Company.   Information on pollution control.   lr\_  Chemical
        Processing.   Jan.  1972.

1761.  Sebastian,  F.  P., and P. J.  Cardinal.   Solid waste disposal.   Chemical
      '  Engineering. Oct.  14,  1968.  p. 112-117.

1792.  Airpollutionomics UPO thermal incineration systems.   Bulletin No.  607.
        Darien, Connecticut.  8 p.

2186.  Kiflback. A. W.  The development of floating bed  scrubbers.  Chemical
        Engineering Progress,  57(35):51-54,  1961.

2187.  Doyle, H.  The Doyle scrubber.  Industrial and Engineering Chemistry.
        49(12):57-62, Dec. 1957.

2188.  Caplaa, K.  J.   Wet collectors and adsorption of gases.  Air Pollution
        Manual, Part 2-Control Equipment.   Detroit, Michigan, American
        Industrial Hygiene Association, 1968.  p.  1-110.

2189.  Sargent, G. D.  Dust collection equipment.  Chemical Engineering.
        72(2):130-150, Jan. 27, 1969.
                                   238

-------
                                PYROLYSIS
                              1. INTROUUCTION

     Pyrolysis is generally defined as the thermal decomposition of a
compound.  With respect to waste carbonaceous materials, pyrolysis repre-
sents a means of converting the unwanted waste into a usable commodity
with economic value.  That is, most municipal and industrial wastes which
are basically organic in nature can be converted to coke or activated
charcoal and gaseous mixtures which may approach natural gas in heating
values  through the utilization of pyrolysis.1011* 1433

     Pyrolysis has only recently (1968) been applied to the conversion of
organic wastes.  The process has traditionally been used to convert low
economic value homogeneous materials, such as wood chips and heavy hydro-
carbon still bottoms, to compounds with higher overall economic value,
such as fuel gas, pitch, creosote, acetic acid, crude methanol and char-
coal (as in the case with wood chips), and coke, fuel gas and gas oil
(as in the case with still bottoms).    '      For purposes of this report,
only the methods associated with waste conversion will be discussed.

                       2.  OPERATION PRINCIPLE0145'1009

    The heart of the pyrolytic waste conversion process is the pyrolytic
converter (Figure 1).  The unit consists of a sealed, airtight retort
cylinder inside a heavy insulating jacket.  The gas-fired retort revolves
slowly on a slight decline from infeed to outfeed.  Wastes are injected
through a seal area that intermittently opens (the flapper valve seal is
designed to minimize entry of oxygen).

     Inside the retort,  ground-up wastes  are subjected  to  temperatures of
about 1,200 F  - plus or minus 300 F, depending upon  the nature of the wastes,
in an essentially-oxygen-free atmosphere.  Without oxygen, the.wastes
cannot burn and are broken down (pyrolyzed) into steam, carbon oxides,
volatile vapors and charcoal..
                                  239

-------
SOLID-WASTE CONVEYOR
— —
1
J3F\
— — -
Itl
PAPER-
BOARD
• 	 -»-
IN
METAL
	 m
	 ill 	
HI
GLASS

,";
« RECEIVING
AREA
O^=;^B(O)


SALVAGE BINS
CHARCOAL
COOLING
UNIT
                              PYROLYTIC  CONVERTER
                                                   SELF - SUSTAINING
                                                     FUEL
                                                    EXCESS GAS

                                                    PYROLIGNEOUS - ACIDS
                                                     (CRESOTARE)
                                                     .  1009
                Figure 1.  Pyrolytic waste  conversion
                                  240

-------
     Steam, carbon dioxide and carbon monoxide are the first gases to
emerge.  They are trapped and then:  (1) vented after flaring;  (2) used to
dry incoming feed; or (3) the steam can be condensed and the effluent gas
burned for fuel value.

     As the wastes are heated further, volatile gases are distilled.
Typically, these gases will include hydrogen, methane, ethylene and
ethane.   About  25  cubic  ft  of combustible  gases are  recovered  fromm
every pound of industrial and municipal refuse.  Energy value per cubic
foot is usually between 400 and 500 Blu.

     The  crude, combustible gas is drawn off and used in part (30 to 40
percent)  to fuel the converter while the remainder may be utilized to
fuel other aquipment or to make steam for  such uses as heating and power
generation.

     In fact,a 100-ton per day municipal waste conversion facility will
produce enough excess gas to  create 400,000 kilowatts of electricity per
day.  At  a quarter-cent per KW, that amounts to $1,000 of electrical energy
per day.  Thus, recovery of combustible gas usually offsets the total
operating costs of a waste-conversion facility.

     The  surplus gas cannot be piped over  any  great distance and retain
its original heat  value.  Nor can  it be stored.  For, allowed to cool,
pyroligneous acids begin to condense, reducing heat value per cubic foot
to around 350 Btu  and reducing volume by as much as 80 percent.

     However,  the  liquid condensate  is  of  economic value.   It constitutes
a  form of cresotar which is used for, among other  things, dust control on
unpaved roads.  Moreover,  the liquid represents a  potentially valuable
source of organic  compounds.  Chemical  analyses have  identified such
constituents  as methanol,  ethanol, isobutanol, n-pentanol,  tert. pentanol,
 1,3-propanedial,  1-hexanol,  acetic acid and various  other alcohols, ketones
 and tars.
                                     241

-------
     The last by-product is charcoal.   Generally 30 to 35 percent of
input by weight is recovered in this form, and each pound of charcoal  has
an approximate heat value of 12,000 Btu.   Used as fuel, it can create
about half the electricity expected from the recovered gas.

     Other major pieces of equipment required for a municipal or indus-
trial waste-conversion facility are a hogger/grinder, a magnetic separator,
conveyors, and storage facilities.   A hogger/grinder is necessary because
converters generally operate best when solid waste materials are reduced
to no more than a few inches in size.   Since pyrolysis units do not
usually vent any products to the atmosphere, they do not require any air
pollution control equipment.

                          3.  PROCESS DESIGN0145' 1009

     Pyrolytic conversion processes are generally custom-engineered
according to input volumes and types of waste being treated.  For this
reason, there is not a great deal of specific design information available.
Converters have been made with capacities ranging from 1/4 ton to 12 tons
per hour.  Units can be installed in batteries to handle more than 12  tons
per hour.  For instance, one municipal pyrolytic process utilizes four
4-ton per hour converters.

     Intake-to-discharge cycles vary with heat intensity, the converters
length, and its rotational speed.  The average for industrial and municipal
refuse is 12 to 15 minutes.  Such hard to pyrolyze materials as coal
(which is converted into coke) and rubber may take as long as 30 minutes.

     Operational temperatures will vary with waste type and desired
products.  Operating temperatures are usually in the  1,200  F -  300  F
range with the lower operating temperature generally resulting in greater
residue  (coke), tar and light oil yields and lower gas yields (Tables  1
and 2).
                                   242

-------
                                                            TABLE 1.




                               YIELDS OF PRODUCTS FROM PYROLYSIS OF MUNICIPAL AND INDUSTRIAL REFUSE
                                                                             0145
Refuse
Raw municipal
Processed municipal
containing plastic
film
Indus trial-Samole A
Industrial-Sample B
Pyrolvsis
temp,
F
930-lbiC
1380
1650
930-165C
1380
1650
930-165C
1380
1650
930-165C
1380
1650
Yields, we Lent -percent of refuse
Resi- Light Free Liq-
due Gas Tar oil ammo- uor Total
in gas nia
9.3 26.7 2.2 0.5 0.05 55.8 94.6
11.5 23.7 1.2 .9 .03 55.0 92.3
7.7 39.5 .2 - .03 47.8 95.2
21.2 27.7 2.3 1.3 .05 40.6 93.2
19.5 18.3 1.0 .9 .02 51.5 91.2
19.1 40.1 .6 .2 .04 35.3 95.3
36.1 23.7 1.9 .5 .05 31.6 93.9
37.5 22.8 .7 .9 .03 30.6 92.5
38.8 29.4 .2 .6 .04 21.8 90.8
41.9 21.8 .8 .6 .03 29.5 94.6
31.4 25.5 .8 .8 .03 31.5 90.0
30 9 31.5 .1 .5 .03 29.0 92.0
Yields per ton of refuse
Gas, Tar, Light oil Liquor, Ammonium
cubic gal- in gas, gallons sulfate,
feet Ions gallons pounds
11,509 4.8 1.5 133.4 17.9
9,628 2.6 2.5 131.6 23.7
17,741 .5 - 113.9 25.1
11,545 5.6 3.7 96.7 16.2
7,380 2.2 2.6 122.6 28.4
18,058 1.4 .6 97.4 31.5
9,563 4.1 1.4 75.2 12.5
9,760 1.5 2.6 73.0 19.5
12,318 .5 1.6 51.1 21.7
9,270 1.7 1.6 70.2 20.4
10,952 1.8 2.2 74.9 21.2
14.065 .02 1.4 68.5 22.9
CO
            TABLE 2.
CHEMICAL ANALYSES* OF SOLID RESIDUES FROM PYROLYSIS OF MUNIClPiJ, AND INDUSTRIAL REFUSE
Refuse
Raw municipal

Processed municipal
containing plastic
film
Industrial - Sample A


Industrial - Sample B


Pyrolysis
temp,
F
930-1651
1380
1650
930-165(
'1380
1650
930-165C
1380
1650
930-165C
1380
1650
Proximate,
Mois-
ture
2.6
2.2
1.0
1.7
1.3
1.2
.9
1.2
.1
.3
1.0
.2
Volatile
matter
4.4
7.4
4.7
4.8
13.4
3.3
2.6
5.1
2.5
3.0
3.6
6.4
percent
Fixed
29.6
51.4
31.7
56.7
34.6
53.5
15.2
17.0
12.9
9.7
16.6
16.2
I Ultimate
Ash
66.0
41.2
63.6
38.5
52.0
43.2
82.2
77.9
84.6
37.3
/9.8
77.4
Hydro-
Ken
0.4
.8
.3
.6
.8
.5
.3
.5
.3
.2
.3
.4
Car-
bon
32.4
54.9
36.1
57.7
41.9
53.4
17.0
19.4
14.8
11.8
19.5
19.3
. percent
Nitro- Oxy-
gen gen
0.5 0.5
1.1 1.8
.5 .0
.8 2.1
.8 4.4
.7 1.8
.1 .2
.2 1.8
.2 .0
.1 .4
.2 .0
.3 2.4

Sul-
fur
0.2
.2
.2
.3
.1
.4
.2
.2
.2
.2
.2
.2
Heating
value,
Btu/lb
5,020
8,020
5,260
8,800
6,080
8,090
2,520
2,900
2,180
1,660
2,680
2,810
Heating value,
million Btu/ton
10.040
16.040
10.520
17.700
12.160
16.180
5.040
5.800
4.360
3.320
5.360
5.620
              Moisture on as-received basis; all other data on dry basis.

-------
                       4.   PROCESS ECONOMICS0582'  101°

     The primary factors determining the capital  cost of pyrolysis  systems
include waste flow rate, waste composition,  secondary effluent treatment
for product recovery, and materials of construction.  Operating costs  are
determined by labor rates, maintenance requirements,  and conversion
product values.

     An exhaustive economic analysis of a commercial  size (5,000 tens/day)
municipal refuse pyrolysis plant was made in 1970 by Cities Service Oil
Company.1010  The study indicated that a total investment including working
capital) of 32.6 million dollars was required and that the associated
operating cost would be $2.14 per ton of refuse pyrolyzed (Table 3).
There  is no economic data  available with respect to industrial waste
pyrolysis processes.

                        5.  PROCESS MODIFICATIONS0582'1010

     Modifications  to  the  pyrolysis  process generally  involve  treatment
of converter  effluents (Figure  2).   The  pyrolysis oils  may be  sent through
a hydrotreating unit and  converted  to  industrial  fuel  oil.  The  pyrolysis
effluent gas  may be cooled and  the  resultant  condensate separated  into its
components,  namely  acetic acid, methanol, furfural, acetone,  butyric  acid,
propionic acid, methyl ethyl  ketone.light fuel  oil, and other water
soluble volatile organics, through the use  of conventional  separation
 techniques.   The cooled wet  gas may be dried  and utilized as  fuel  gas.
The char-like pyrolysis residue can be further treated and converted
 into activated carbon.

                          6.   PROCESS APPLICABILITY

      The utilization  of pyrolytic processes to convert waste into useful
 materials is a relatively hew concept.  For this reason, there are few
 processes in operation today.  Those processes which are in operation
                                     244

-------
                  •   TABLE 3

   INVESTMENT AND  OPERATING  COSTS FOR A   1010
   5000 TON/DAY MUNICIPAL  PYROLYSIS PLANT
 Capital  Investment
 Investment                          $ Million

    Inside battery  limits               16.0
    Offsites                             6.4

    Total                               22.4

Additional Costs

    Contingency (25%)                    5.6
    Construction interest, first year
         (8% x 33%)                     o.7
    Construction interest, second year
         (8% x 67%)                     1.5
    Startup extraordinary (assumed
          8% x 100%)                    2.4

    Total additional costs              10.2

Total investment (includes working
                  capital)             32.6
Operating Costs
Fixed Costs
Labor
Supervision
Overhead
Maintenance, onsite
Maintenance, off site
Taxes and Insurance
Total fixed costs
Variable Costs
Water and power
Fuel
Total Variable Costs
Total Operating Costs
$ Million
0.49
0.15
0.64
1.00
0.24
0.49
3.01

0.20
0.70
0790
3.91
(per year)
\ r ^ »• «• • /





$1.65/ton



$0.49/ton
$2.14/ton
                   245

-------
              ORGANIC    LIGHT
              CHEMICALS  FUll OIL
                  *	I
   SALABLE
   FUEL GAS
ACTIVATED
 CARBON
                   LIQUIDS
                  SEPARATION
 GAS DRYING
AND TREATING
       CLIAN
       FLUE
       GAr.
                        FIRED
              PLANT    PRFHEATER
              FLUl GAS
                                        PYROLYTIC
                                        CONVERTER
        L FEED DRYER/
         FLUE GAS FILTER

              INDUSTRIAL
              FUEL OIL
                         NONCOMBUSTIBLES
                           SEPARATION
                           LAND FILL
                          UNDERGROUND
                            STORAGE
            CHAR RESIDUE
            SEPARATION
                AND
            ACTIVATION
PYROLYSIS
   OIL
 LAND FILL
SCRAP METAL
   SALVAGE
                                              SCRAP SALES
Figure 2.   Secondary Treatment Alternatives
 0582

-------
convert municipal refuse, industrial refuse, paint sludges, tires,
plastics and other organic polymers into materials with economic value.1009'1011

     Although the pyrolytic converter is a versatile piece of equipment that
can be operated under varying conditions with various feed materials, its
auxiliary equipment tends to be specific for various feeds and desired end
products.  For that reason, the overall  pyrolytic process tends to lack
versatility.

     At a National Disposal Site, a pyrolysis unit would probably find
little direct application as a hazardous waste conversion unit.  However,
if sufficient refuse was generated at the site, a pyrolysis unit could be
utilized to convert it into fuel  gas for use in other operations (furnaces,
incinerators, reboilers, boilers  for steam production and possible subse-
quent conversion to electricity,  etc.)  and coke which could be utilized
for its heat content or converted to activated carbon for use in water
treatment facilities.
                                    2-17

-------
                              REFERENCES

0145. Sanner, W.S,., C. Ortuglio, J. G. Walters, and D. E. Wolfson.
        Conversion of municipal and industrial refuse into useful
        materials by pyrolysis.  U.S. Department of the Interior,
        Bureau of Mines, Report of Investigations 7428.  Washington,
        U.S. Government Printing Office, Aug. 1970. 14p.

0582. Witt, P.A., Jr.  Disposal of solid wastes.  Chemical Engineering.
        78(22):62-78,  Oct. 4, 1971.	a

1009. Pyrolytic decomposition of solid wastes.  Public Works, p.82,83
        160, Aug. 1968.                          	

1010. Rosen, B.H., R.G.  Evans, P.  Carabelli, and R.B.  Zaborowski.
        Economic evaluation of a commercial  size refuse pyrolysis
        Plant.  Cities Service Oil  Company.  Cranbury,  New Jersey,
        Mar. 1970. 40  p.

1011. Chementator.  Chemical  Engineering.  75(26):53.  Dec.  2,  1968.

1433. Kirk-Othmer encyclopedia of  chemical  technology. 2d ed.  22v.  and
        suppl. New York,  Interscience Publishers,  1963.

1662. Shreve,  R.N.  Wood  chemicals.   Ir^ Chemical  process  industries.
        3rd ed.   New York, McGraw-Hill  Book  Company,  p.617-621,  1967.
                                246

-------